Term 4 2024 | CHILD
Musical Theatre Level 1 and 2 ATOD MT Exam 9U
Musical Theatre classes for juniors are designed to introduce young children to the world of performing arts. These classes typically include singing, dancing, and acting to provide a well-rounded education in the discipline of musical theatre.
The focus of these classes is to help children develop their skills in these areas, lay the foundation for future training, and build confidence in their abilities to perform on stage. The classes will typically be led by experienced educators who have a passion for musical theatre and working with children.
In these classes, juniors can expect to learn essential techniques such as vocal warm-ups and breathing exercises, dance steps, and basic acting skills. Aside from the technical aspects, children will also learn about teamwork, creativity, and self-discipline, all of which are important qualities in the world of theatre.
Musical theatre classes for juniors often offer the opportunity to participate in productions, performances, and competitions, giving children the chance to showcase their skills and gain valuable experience in front of an audience.
Ultimately, musical theatre classes for juniors offer a fun, engaging, and supportive environment where children can learn new skills, make friends, and nurture their love of performing arts.
Musical Theatre classes for juniors are designed to introduce young children to the world of performing arts. These classes typically include singing, dancing, and acting to provide a well-rounded education in the discipline of musical theatre.
The focus of these classes is to help children develop their skills in these areas, lay the foundation for future training, and build confidence in their abilities to perform on stage. The classes will typically be led by experienced educators who have a passion for musical theatre and working with children.
In these classes, juniors can expect to learn essential techniques such as vocal warm-ups and breathing exercises, dance steps, and basic acting skills. Aside from the technical aspects, children will also learn about teamwork, creativity, and self-discipline, all of which are important qualities in the world of theatre.
Musical theatre classes for juniors often offer the opportunity to participate in productions, performances, and competitions, giving children the chance to showcase their skills and gain valuable experience in front of an audience.
Ultimately, musical theatre classes for juniors offer a fun, engaging, and supportive environment where children can learn new skills, make friends, and nurture their love of performing arts.
Monday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Primary Ballet A
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Monday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 1 A Ballet
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 2 A Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 2: Designed for children aged 8 to 10, the Grade 2 level builds on the technical and artistic skills developed in Grade 1, introducing new jumps and turns, and focusing on musicality and expression.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 2: Designed for children aged 8 to 10, the Grade 2 level builds on the technical and artistic skills developed in Grade 1, introducing new jumps and turns, and focusing on musicality and expression.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
M 3:30 PM-4:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Musical Theatre Level 3 and 4 ATOD MT Exam 12U
Musical Theatre classes for intermediate students usually focus on building upon the essential skills required for musical theatre performances. Intermediate classes will typically include singing, dancing, and improvisation. In these classes, students work on developing their vocal range, breath control, and pitch accuracy. They also work on their movement skills by learning different types of dance styles and honing in on their rhythm and coordination.
In musical theater classes, intermediate students learn how to bring a character to life through acting and interpreting a script. They also learn how to connect with their fellow actors and create a believable and cohesive performance. From understanding the basics of stagecraft, like blocking and direction, to stage combat and how to create unique characters, these classes will help students further their understanding of the musical theatre performance.
In addition, intermediate musical theatre classes may provide opportunities to perform and showcase what students have learned throughout their training. These performances often culminate in a full production or a showcase, which is a great way to build confidence and experience performing in front of an audience.
Overall, intermediate musical theatre classes are a great way for students to sharpen their skills and take their musical theatre experience to the next level.
Musical Theatre classes for intermediate students usually focus on building upon the essential skills required for musical theatre performances. Intermediate classes will typically include singing, dancing, and improvisation. In these classes, students work on developing their vocal range, breath control, and pitch accuracy. They also work on their movement skills by learning different types of dance styles and honing in on their rhythm and coordination.
In musical theater classes, intermediate students learn how to bring a character to life through acting and interpreting a script. They also learn how to connect with their fellow actors and create a believable and cohesive performance. From understanding the basics of stagecraft, like blocking and direction, to stage combat and how to create unique characters, these classes will help students further their understanding of the musical theatre performance.
In addition, intermediate musical theatre classes may provide opportunities to perform and showcase what students have learned throughout their training. These performances often culminate in a full production or a showcase, which is a great way to build confidence and experience performing in front of an audience.
Overall, intermediate musical theatre classes are a great way for students to sharpen their skills and take their musical theatre experience to the next level.
Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Classical Variation Level 2
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 3 A Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 3: Suitable for children aged 9 to 11, the Grade 3 level focuses on developing more advanced technical skills, including larger jumps and more complex turns, as well as artistry and performance quality.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 3: Suitable for children aged 9 to 11, the Grade 3 level focuses on developing more advanced technical skills, including larger jumps and more complex turns, as well as artistry and performance quality.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
M 4:30 PM-5:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Kids Latin - Bronze
Dancesport, also known as competitive ballroom dancing, is a style of dance that combines traditional ballroom dances with athletic and competitive elements. In a typical Dancesport class, you can expect to learn and practice a variety of dances, including the waltz, tango, foxtrot, quickstep, Viennese waltz, cha-cha, rumba, samba, jive, and paso doble.
Classes usually begin with a warm-up to prepare your body for the physical demands of Dancesport. This may include stretching, cardio exercises, and strength training to improve your balance, posture, and flexibility.
After the warm-up, the instructor will demonstrate and teach specific dance steps and techniques for each dance style. You will then have the opportunity to practice these steps individually and with a partner. During partner work, you will learn to lead or follow, develop your communication skills with your partner, and understand the importance of connection and musicality in your dancing.
Throughout the class, your instructor will give you feedback on your technique and offer corrections to help you improve. As you progress, you may also learn more complex dance patterns and sequences, and focus on developing your performance skills and musical interpretation.
In addition to the physical benefits of Dancesport, such as improved strength, endurance, and coordination, it is also a great way to socialize, meet new people, and have fun. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced dancer, Dancesport classes can be a great way to improve your skills and enjoy the thrill of competitive ballroom dancing.
Dancesport, also known as competitive ballroom dancing, is a style of dance that combines traditional ballroom dances with athletic and competitive elements. In a typical Dancesport class, you can expect to learn and practice a variety of dances, including the waltz, tango, foxtrot, quickstep, Viennese waltz, cha-cha, rumba, samba, jive, and paso doble.
Classes usually begin with a warm-up to prepare your body for the physical demands of Dancesport. This may include stretching, cardio exercises, and strength training to improve your balance, posture, and flexibility.
After the warm-up, the instructor will demonstrate and teach specific dance steps and techniques for each dance style. You will then have the opportunity to practice these steps individually and with a partner. During partner work, you will learn to lead or follow, develop your communication skills with your partner, and understand the importance of connection and musicality in your dancing.
Throughout the class, your instructor will give you feedback on your technique and offer corrections to help you improve. As you progress, you may also learn more complex dance patterns and sequences, and focus on developing your performance skills and musical interpretation.
In addition to the physical benefits of Dancesport, such as improved strength, endurance, and coordination, it is also a great way to socialize, meet new people, and have fun. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced dancer, Dancesport classes can be a great way to improve your skills and enjoy the thrill of competitive ballroom dancing.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Classical Variation Level 1
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Monday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 4 A Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 4: Designed for children aged 10 to 12, the Grade 4 level introduces more complex combinations and sequences, as well as more demanding technical challenges, such as multiple pirouettes and complex allegro work.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 4: Designed for children aged 10 to 12, the Grade 4 level introduces more complex combinations and sequences, as well as more demanding technical challenges, such as multiple pirouettes and complex allegro work.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
M 5:30 PM-6:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 5 A Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 5: Suitable for children aged 11 to 13, the Grade 5 level focuses on developing virtuosity and artistry, with more complex choreography, longer and more demanding combinations, and a greater focus on musical interpretation.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 5: Suitable for children aged 11 to 13, the Grade 5 level focuses on developing virtuosity and artistry, with more complex choreography, longer and more demanding combinations, and a greater focus on musical interpretation.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Monday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Kids Latin - Silver
Dancesport, also known as competitive ballroom dancing, is a style of dance that combines traditional ballroom dances with athletic and competitive elements. In a typical Dancesport class, you can expect to learn and practice a variety of dances, including the waltz, tango, foxtrot, quickstep, Viennese waltz, cha-cha, rumba, samba, jive, and paso doble.
Classes usually begin with a warm-up to prepare your body for the physical demands of Dancesport. This may include stretching, cardio exercises, and strength training to improve your balance, posture, and flexibility.
After the warm-up, the instructor will demonstrate and teach specific dance steps and techniques for each dance style. You will then have the opportunity to practice these steps individually and with a partner. During partner work, you will learn to lead or follow, develop your communication skills with your partner, and understand the importance of connection and musicality in your dancing.
Throughout the class, your instructor will give you feedback on your technique and offer corrections to help you improve. As you progress, you may also learn more complex dance patterns and sequences, and focus on developing your performance skills and musical interpretation.
In addition to the physical benefits of Dancesport, such as improved strength, endurance, and coordination, it is also a great way to socialize, meet new people, and have fun. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced dancer, Dancesport classes can be a great way to improve your skills and enjoy the thrill of competitive ballroom dancing.
Dancesport, also known as competitive ballroom dancing, is a style of dance that combines traditional ballroom dances with athletic and competitive elements. In a typical Dancesport class, you can expect to learn and practice a variety of dances, including the waltz, tango, foxtrot, quickstep, Viennese waltz, cha-cha, rumba, samba, jive, and paso doble.
Classes usually begin with a warm-up to prepare your body for the physical demands of Dancesport. This may include stretching, cardio exercises, and strength training to improve your balance, posture, and flexibility.
After the warm-up, the instructor will demonstrate and teach specific dance steps and techniques for each dance style. You will then have the opportunity to practice these steps individually and with a partner. During partner work, you will learn to lead or follow, develop your communication skills with your partner, and understand the importance of connection and musicality in your dancing.
Throughout the class, your instructor will give you feedback on your technique and offer corrections to help you improve. As you progress, you may also learn more complex dance patterns and sequences, and focus on developing your performance skills and musical interpretation.
In addition to the physical benefits of Dancesport, such as improved strength, endurance, and coordination, it is also a great way to socialize, meet new people, and have fun. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced dancer, Dancesport classes can be a great way to improve your skills and enjoy the thrill of competitive ballroom dancing.
Monday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Intermediate Foundation
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Monday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Creative Ballet & Jazz Tues
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
Tuesday
9:45 AM to 10:45 AM
9:45 AM to 10:45 AM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Primary Ballet B
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Tuesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Character Dance
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Intermediate Foundation Pointe
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Tuesday
8:30 PM to 9:15 PM
8:30 PM to 9:15 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 1 B Ballet
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
W 3:30 PM-4:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 1 C Ballet
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
W 5:15 PM-6:15 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre-Primary Ballet Wed
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Wednesday
3:30 PM to 4:15 PM
3:30 PM to 4:15 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Level 1
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Wednesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Level 2
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Wednesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Primary Ballet C
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
W 4:15 PM-5:15 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 2 B Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 2: Designed for children aged 8 to 10, the Grade 2 level builds on the technical and artistic skills developed in Grade 1, introducing new jumps and turns, and focusing on musicality and expression.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 2: Designed for children aged 8 to 10, the Grade 2 level builds on the technical and artistic skills developed in Grade 1, introducing new jumps and turns, and focusing on musicality and expression.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Level 3
Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 3 B Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 3: Suitable for children aged 9 to 11, the Grade 3 level focuses on developing more advanced technical skills, including larger jumps and more complex turns, as well as artistry and performance quality.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 3: Suitable for children aged 9 to 11, the Grade 3 level focuses on developing more advanced technical skills, including larger jumps and more complex turns, as well as artistry and performance quality.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Level 4
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Intermediate
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Wednesday
6:15 PM to 7:15 PM
6:15 PM to 7:15 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 4 B Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 4: Designed for children aged 10 to 12, the Grade 4 level introduces more complex combinations and sequences, as well as more demanding technical challenges, such as multiple pirouettes and complex allegro work.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 4: Designed for children aged 10 to 12, the Grade 4 level introduces more complex combinations and sequences, as well as more demanding technical challenges, such as multiple pirouettes and complex allegro work.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Level 5
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Advanced Foundation Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Advanced Foundation: This level is designed to prepare students for the more advanced levels of the Vocational Graded Examinations. It is typically taken by students who have completed Intermediate, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises, variations, and repertoire, with an emphasis on musicality and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Advanced Foundation: This level is designed to prepare students for the more advanced levels of the Vocational Graded Examinations. It is typically taken by students who have completed Intermediate, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises, variations, and repertoire, with an emphasis on musicality and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Wednesday
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
7:15 PM to 8:15 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 5 B Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 5: Suitable for children aged 11 to 13, the Grade 5 level focuses on developing virtuosity and artistry, with more complex choreography, longer and more demanding combinations, and a greater focus on musical interpretation.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 5: Suitable for children aged 11 to 13, the Grade 5 level focuses on developing virtuosity and artistry, with more complex choreography, longer and more demanding combinations, and a greater focus on musical interpretation.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
W 7:30 PM-8:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 1 A Ballet
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Th 3:30 PM-4:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 1 Thurs
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Thursday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Stretch & Conditioning Intermediate
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Thursday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Contemporary 10&U
Contemporary dance is a style of expressive dance that combines elements of several genres, including modern, jazz, and ballet. It is characterized by its fluid and dynamic movements, which often reflect the emotions and experiences of the dancer.
A contemporary dance class typically begins with a warm-up, which includes exercises to increase flexibility, strength, and coordination. This may involve stretching, core exercises, and movements that focus on isolating different parts of the body.
After the warm-up, the class will typically move on to the technique portion of the class. This may include exercises to improve balance, alignment, and control. Dancers will also learn and practice specific contemporary dance movements, such as floorwork, lifts, and jumps.
Once the technique portion is completed, the class will move on to learning and rehearsing choreography. The choreography will be taught in sections, and dancers will have the opportunity to practice and refine their movements. The choreography may be set to music, and dancers will be encouraged to interpret the music and express themselves through their movements.
Throughout the class, the teacher may also incorporate improvisation exercises to help dancers explore their creativity and develop their own movement vocabulary.
Contemporary dance classes are suitable for dancers of all levels, from beginners to advanced. They provide a supportive and inclusive environment for dancers to express themselves, improve their technique, and connect with others who share their passion for dance
Contemporary dance is a style of expressive dance that combines elements of several genres, including modern, jazz, and ballet. It is characterized by its fluid and dynamic movements, which often reflect the emotions and experiences of the dancer.
A contemporary dance class typically begins with a warm-up, which includes exercises to increase flexibility, strength, and coordination. This may involve stretching, core exercises, and movements that focus on isolating different parts of the body.
After the warm-up, the class will typically move on to the technique portion of the class. This may include exercises to improve balance, alignment, and control. Dancers will also learn and practice specific contemporary dance movements, such as floorwork, lifts, and jumps.
Once the technique portion is completed, the class will move on to learning and rehearsing choreography. The choreography will be taught in sections, and dancers will have the opportunity to practice and refine their movements. The choreography may be set to music, and dancers will be encouraged to interpret the music and express themselves through their movements.
Throughout the class, the teacher may also incorporate improvisation exercises to help dancers explore their creativity and develop their own movement vocabulary.
Contemporary dance classes are suitable for dancers of all levels, from beginners to advanced. They provide a supportive and inclusive environment for dancers to express themselves, improve their technique, and connect with others who share their passion for dance
Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Junior Jazz Thurs
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 3 Thurs
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 4
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Stretch & Conditioning Beginner
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Contemporary 12&U
Contemporary dance is a style of expressive dance that combines elements of several genres, including modern, jazz, and ballet. It is characterized by its fluid and dynamic movements, which often reflect the emotions and experiences of the dancer.
A contemporary dance class typically begins with a warm-up, which includes exercises to increase flexibility, strength, and coordination. This may involve stretching, core exercises, and movements that focus on isolating different parts of the body.
After the warm-up, the class will typically move on to the technique portion of the class. This may include exercises to improve balance, alignment, and control. Dancers will also learn and practice specific contemporary dance movements, such as floorwork, lifts, and jumps.
Once the technique portion is completed, the class will move on to learning and rehearsing choreography. The choreography will be taught in sections, and dancers will have the opportunity to practice and refine their movements. The choreography may be set to music, and dancers will be encouraged to interpret the music and express themselves through their movements.
Throughout the class, the teacher may also incorporate improvisation exercises to help dancers explore their creativity and develop their own movement vocabulary.
Contemporary dance classes are suitable for dancers of all levels, from beginners to advanced. They provide a supportive and inclusive environment for dancers to express themselves, improve their technique, and connect with others who share their passion for dance
Contemporary dance is a style of expressive dance that combines elements of several genres, including modern, jazz, and ballet. It is characterized by its fluid and dynamic movements, which often reflect the emotions and experiences of the dancer.
A contemporary dance class typically begins with a warm-up, which includes exercises to increase flexibility, strength, and coordination. This may involve stretching, core exercises, and movements that focus on isolating different parts of the body.
After the warm-up, the class will typically move on to the technique portion of the class. This may include exercises to improve balance, alignment, and control. Dancers will also learn and practice specific contemporary dance movements, such as floorwork, lifts, and jumps.
Once the technique portion is completed, the class will move on to learning and rehearsing choreography. The choreography will be taught in sections, and dancers will have the opportunity to practice and refine their movements. The choreography may be set to music, and dancers will be encouraged to interpret the music and express themselves through their movements.
Throughout the class, the teacher may also incorporate improvisation exercises to help dancers explore their creativity and develop their own movement vocabulary.
Contemporary dance classes are suitable for dancers of all levels, from beginners to advanced. They provide a supportive and inclusive environment for dancers to express themselves, improve their technique, and connect with others who share their passion for dance
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 2 Thurs
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Hip-Hop 7-8 yrs Advanced
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers.
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers.
Friday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre-Primary Ballet Fri
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Friday
3:45 PM to 4:30 PM
3:45 PM to 4:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Hip-Hop 9-10yrs Fri
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers.
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers.
Friday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre Primary Ballet PREP for 2025
Ballet Pre-Prep class is typically an introductory ballet class designed for young children, usually between the ages of 4 - 5 years of age. This class focuses on introducing basic ballet movements, postures, and terminology in a fun and playful way.
Key aspects of ballet pre-prep classes often include:
Fundamental movements: Simple steps, turns, and leaps.
Musicality: Understanding the rhythm and tempo of music.
Flexibility and strength: Developing basic flexibility and strength through exercises.
Coordination and balance: Improving coordination and balance skills.
Creativity and expression: Encouraging self-expression and creativity through dance.
This class provides a solid foundation for children who may be interested in pursuing ballet further. They help develop a love for dance, build confidence, and provide a supportive environment for learning.
This class is aimed at preparing students to RAD Pre-Primary Level.
Ballet Pre-Prep class is typically an introductory ballet class designed for young children, usually between the ages of 4 - 5 years of age. This class focuses on introducing basic ballet movements, postures, and terminology in a fun and playful way.
Key aspects of ballet pre-prep classes often include:
Fundamental movements: Simple steps, turns, and leaps.
Musicality: Understanding the rhythm and tempo of music.
Flexibility and strength: Developing basic flexibility and strength through exercises.
Coordination and balance: Improving coordination and balance skills.
Creativity and expression: Encouraging self-expression and creativity through dance.
This class provides a solid foundation for children who may be interested in pursuing ballet further. They help develop a love for dance, build confidence, and provide a supportive environment for learning.
This class is aimed at preparing students to RAD Pre-Primary Level.
Friday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Technique
Friday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
PT Jazz Technique
Friday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Hip-Hop 13&U Advance
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers.
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers.
Friday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Intermediate Pointe
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Friday
6:30 PM to 7:15 PM
6:30 PM to 7:15 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 5
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Friday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Hip-Hop 7-8yrs Sat
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers
Saturday
1:30 AM to 2:30 AM
1:30 AM to 2:30 AM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Creative Ballet & Jazz Sat 0800
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
Saturday
8:00 AM to 9:00 AM
8:00 AM to 9:00 AM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Toddler Dance Sat 0830
Our toddler dance class is a joyful and carefree expression of movement that is often filled with excitement and laughter. At this age, children are still exploring their bodies and learning how to control their movements, so their dance style may be uncoordinated or unstructured, but it is full of enthusiasm and spontaneity.
Toddler dance classes can take many forms, but it often includes jumping, skipping, twirling, and spinning. Toddlers may also enjoy copying movements they see in music videos, television shows, or from older siblings or parents.
Toddlers may enjoy dancing to a variety of music, but songs with a strong beat and catchy lyrics are particularly popular. Many toddlers enjoy nursery rhymes, children's songs, or simple pop songs. Some may even create their own dance moves to go along with their favorite tunes.
Overall, toddler dance is a fun and playful way for young children to express themselves and develop their motor skills. It is a delightful sight to watch a toddler dance with unbridled enthusiasm, and it is an excellent way to encourage creativity and self-expression in young children.
Our toddler dance class is a joyful and carefree expression of movement that is often filled with excitement and laughter. At this age, children are still exploring their bodies and learning how to control their movements, so their dance style may be uncoordinated or unstructured, but it is full of enthusiasm and spontaneity.
Toddler dance classes can take many forms, but it often includes jumping, skipping, twirling, and spinning. Toddlers may also enjoy copying movements they see in music videos, television shows, or from older siblings or parents.
Toddlers may enjoy dancing to a variety of music, but songs with a strong beat and catchy lyrics are particularly popular. Many toddlers enjoy nursery rhymes, children's songs, or simple pop songs. Some may even create their own dance moves to go along with their favorite tunes.
Overall, toddler dance is a fun and playful way for young children to express themselves and develop their motor skills. It is a delightful sight to watch a toddler dance with unbridled enthusiasm, and it is an excellent way to encourage creativity and self-expression in young children.
Saturday
8:30 AM to 9:15 AM
8:30 AM to 9:15 AM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Creative Ballet & Tap
A ballet and tap dance class for four-year-olds is a fun way to learn two types of dancing. First, they will learn ballet basics like positions, steps, and movements while using their imaginations. Then, they will learn tap dancing and explore the fun sounds it makes. The class is all about having fun, being creative, and expressing themselves through movement. The teacher will be patient and enthusiastic, creating a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to grow and gain confidence. By the end of the class, the young dancers will have learned the basics of two types of dance and feel good about their abilities.
A ballet and tap dance class for four-year-olds is a fun way to learn two types of dancing. First, they will learn ballet basics like positions, steps, and movements while using their imaginations. Then, they will learn tap dancing and explore the fun sounds it makes. The class is all about having fun, being creative, and expressing themselves through movement. The teacher will be patient and enthusiastic, creating a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to grow and gain confidence. By the end of the class, the young dancers will have learned the basics of two types of dance and feel good about their abilities.
Saturday
9:00 AM to 10:00 AM
9:00 AM to 10:00 AM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Musical Theatre
Saturday
9:00 AM to 10:00 AM
9:00 AM to 10:00 AM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre-Primary Ballet Sat 0915
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
9:15 AM to 10:00 AM
9:15 AM to 10:00 AM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Creative Ballet & Jazz Sat 1000
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
Saturday
10:00 AM to 11:00 AM
10:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Creative Ballet Sat
Creative ballet for 4-year-olds is an engaging and fun dance class that combines the elements of ballet with creative movement. The class typically lasts for 45 minutes, and is designed to introduce young children to the basic techniques and terminology of ballet while also encouraging them to explore their own creativity and imagination.
The class usually begins with a warm-up, which includes exercises to help the children develop their coordination and balance. This might include simple stretches, jumps, and skips, as well as games and activities that get the children moving and engaged.
Once the warm-up is complete, the children will begin learning basic ballet techniques and terminology, such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The instructor will guide the children through these movements and help them understand the correct posture and alignment needed for each one.
Throughout the class, the children will also be encouraged to explore their own creativity and express themselves through movement. They may be given opportunities to improvise or create their own dance moves, or they may learn simple choreography that allows them to practice their new ballet skills.
Overall, creative ballet for 4-year-olds is a great way to introduce young children to the world of dance while also promoting their physical development and creativity. It's a fun and engaging way for children to learn and grow while having fun with their peers.
Creative ballet for 4-year-olds is an engaging and fun dance class that combines the elements of ballet with creative movement. The class typically lasts for 45 minutes, and is designed to introduce young children to the basic techniques and terminology of ballet while also encouraging them to explore their own creativity and imagination.
The class usually begins with a warm-up, which includes exercises to help the children develop their coordination and balance. This might include simple stretches, jumps, and skips, as well as games and activities that get the children moving and engaged.
Once the warm-up is complete, the children will begin learning basic ballet techniques and terminology, such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The instructor will guide the children through these movements and help them understand the correct posture and alignment needed for each one.
Throughout the class, the children will also be encouraged to explore their own creativity and express themselves through movement. They may be given opportunities to improvise or create their own dance moves, or they may learn simple choreography that allows them to practice their new ballet skills.
Overall, creative ballet for 4-year-olds is a great way to introduce young children to the world of dance while also promoting their physical development and creativity. It's a fun and engaging way for children to learn and grow while having fun with their peers.
Saturday
10:00 AM to 10:45 AM
10:00 AM to 10:45 AM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre Jazz Sat 1000
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
10:00 AM to 10:45 AM
10:00 AM to 10:45 AM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Foundation
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
10:00 AM to 11:00 AM
10:00 AM to 11:00 AM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Toddler Dance Sat 1045
Our toddler dance class is a joyful and carefree expression of movement that is often filled with excitement and laughter. At this age, children are still exploring their bodies and learning how to control their movements, so their dance style may be uncoordinated or unstructured, but it is full of enthusiasm and spontaneity.
Toddler dance classes can take many forms, but it often includes jumping, skipping, twirling, and spinning. Toddlers may also enjoy copying movements they see in music videos, television shows, or from older siblings or parents.
Toddlers may enjoy dancing to a variety of music, but songs with a strong beat and catchy lyrics are particularly popular. Many toddlers enjoy nursery rhymes, children's songs, or simple pop songs. Some may even create their own dance moves to go along with their favorite tunes.
Overall, toddler dance is a fun and playful way for young children to express themselves and develop their motor skills. It is a delightful sight to watch a toddler dance with unbridled enthusiasm, and it is an excellent way to encourage creativity and self-expression in young children.
Our toddler dance class is a joyful and carefree expression of movement that is often filled with excitement and laughter. At this age, children are still exploring their bodies and learning how to control their movements, so their dance style may be uncoordinated or unstructured, but it is full of enthusiasm and spontaneity.
Toddler dance classes can take many forms, but it often includes jumping, skipping, twirling, and spinning. Toddlers may also enjoy copying movements they see in music videos, television shows, or from older siblings or parents.
Toddlers may enjoy dancing to a variety of music, but songs with a strong beat and catchy lyrics are particularly popular. Many toddlers enjoy nursery rhymes, children's songs, or simple pop songs. Some may even create their own dance moves to go along with their favorite tunes.
Overall, toddler dance is a fun and playful way for young children to express themselves and develop their motor skills. It is a delightful sight to watch a toddler dance with unbridled enthusiasm, and it is an excellent way to encourage creativity and self-expression in young children.
Saturday
10:45 AM to 11:30 AM
10:45 AM to 11:30 AM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Junior
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
11:00 AM to 12:00 PM
11:00 AM to 12:00 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Creative Ballet & Jazz Sat 1130
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
Saturday
11:30 AM to 12:30 PM
11:30 AM to 12:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre-Primary Ballet Sat 1145
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
11:45 AM to 12:30 PM
11:45 AM to 12:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
K-Pop Junior
Saturday
12:00 PM to 12:45 PM
12:00 PM to 12:45 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Hip-Hop Junior Sat
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers
Saturday
12:30 PM to 1:30 PM
12:30 PM to 1:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
K-Pop Intermediate
Saturday
12:45 PM to 1:45 PM
12:45 PM to 1:45 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre Jazz Sat 1345
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
1:45 PM to 2:30 PM
1:45 PM to 2:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Junior Jazz Sat
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Acrobatic Level 1
An acrobatics class for kids can be a great way to introduce them to the fundamentals of gymnastics and circus arts, while also helping them develop strength, flexibility, coordination, and confidence. Here are some tips on how to organize an acrobatics class for kids:
Safety first: Safety should be your top priority when teaching acrobatics to kids. Make sure the kids are supervised at all times and that the environment is safe and suitable for acrobatic training.
Warm-up exercises: Start each class with a warm-up session to prevent injuries and prepare the kids' bodies for the exercises to come. A warm-up can include stretches, cardio exercises, and basic acrobatic moves.
Fundamental skills: Teach fundamental acrobatic skills such as forward and backward rolls, cartwheels, handstands, and headstands. Once the kids have mastered the basics, you can move on to more advanced skills such as walkovers, aerials, and flips.
Partner work: Encourage partner work to help the kids develop trust, teamwork, and communication skills. For example, the kids can work in pairs to practice handstands or to support each other during backbends.
Conditioning and flexibility: Acrobatics requires a lot of strength and flexibility, so make sure to include conditioning and flexibility exercises in your class. These can include bodyweight exercises, resistance bands, and yoga poses.
Performance opportunities: Allow the kids to showcase their skills in a performance at the end of the term or during special events. This can motivate the kids to work hard and improve their skills.
Overall, an acrobatics class for kids should be a fun and safe environment where they can learn new skills, develop their physical abilities, and gain confidence in their abilities.
An acrobatics class for kids can be a great way to introduce them to the fundamentals of gymnastics and circus arts, while also helping them develop strength, flexibility, coordination, and confidence. Here are some tips on how to organize an acrobatics class for kids:
Safety first: Safety should be your top priority when teaching acrobatics to kids. Make sure the kids are supervised at all times and that the environment is safe and suitable for acrobatic training.
Warm-up exercises: Start each class with a warm-up session to prevent injuries and prepare the kids' bodies for the exercises to come. A warm-up can include stretches, cardio exercises, and basic acrobatic moves.
Fundamental skills: Teach fundamental acrobatic skills such as forward and backward rolls, cartwheels, handstands, and headstands. Once the kids have mastered the basics, you can move on to more advanced skills such as walkovers, aerials, and flips.
Partner work: Encourage partner work to help the kids develop trust, teamwork, and communication skills. For example, the kids can work in pairs to practice handstands or to support each other during backbends.
Conditioning and flexibility: Acrobatics requires a lot of strength and flexibility, so make sure to include conditioning and flexibility exercises in your class. These can include bodyweight exercises, resistance bands, and yoga poses.
Performance opportunities: Allow the kids to showcase their skills in a performance at the end of the term or during special events. This can motivate the kids to work hard and improve their skills.
Overall, an acrobatics class for kids should be a fun and safe environment where they can learn new skills, develop their physical abilities, and gain confidence in their abilities.
Saturday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 1 Sat
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Acrobatic Level 2
 An acrobatics class for kids can be a great way to introduce them to the fundamentals of gymnastics and circus arts, while also helping them develop strength, flexibility, coordination, and confidence. Here are some tips on how to organize an acrobatics class for kids:
Safety first: Safety should be your top priority when teaching acrobatics to kids. Make sure the kids are supervised at all times and that the environment is safe and suitable for acrobatic training.
Warm-up exercises: Start each class with a warm-up session to prevent injuries and prepare the kids' bodies for the exercises to come. A warm-up can include stretches, cardio exercises, and basic acrobatic moves.
Fundamental skills: Teach fundamental acrobatic skills such as forward and backward rolls, cartwheels, handstands, and headstands. Once the kids have mastered the basics, you can move on to more advanced skills such as walkovers, aerials, and flips.
Partner work: Encourage partner work to help the kids develop trust, teamwork, and communication skills. For example, the kids can work in pairs to practice handstands or to support each other during backbends.
Conditioning and flexibility: Acrobatics requires a lot of strength and flexibility, so make sure to include conditioning and flexibility exercises in your class. These can include bodyweight exercises, resistance bands, and yoga poses.
Performance opportunities: Allow the kids to showcase their skills in a performance at the end of the term or during special events. This can motivate the kids to work hard and improve their skills.
Overall, an acrobatics class for kids should be a fun and safe environment where they can learn new skills, develop their physical abilities, and gain confidence in their abilities.
 An acrobatics class for kids can be a great way to introduce them to the fundamentals of gymnastics and circus arts, while also helping them develop strength, flexibility, coordination, and confidence. Here are some tips on how to organize an acrobatics class for kids:
Safety first: Safety should be your top priority when teaching acrobatics to kids. Make sure the kids are supervised at all times and that the environment is safe and suitable for acrobatic training.
Warm-up exercises: Start each class with a warm-up session to prevent injuries and prepare the kids' bodies for the exercises to come. A warm-up can include stretches, cardio exercises, and basic acrobatic moves.
Fundamental skills: Teach fundamental acrobatic skills such as forward and backward rolls, cartwheels, handstands, and headstands. Once the kids have mastered the basics, you can move on to more advanced skills such as walkovers, aerials, and flips.
Partner work: Encourage partner work to help the kids develop trust, teamwork, and communication skills. For example, the kids can work in pairs to practice handstands or to support each other during backbends.
Conditioning and flexibility: Acrobatics requires a lot of strength and flexibility, so make sure to include conditioning and flexibility exercises in your class. These can include bodyweight exercises, resistance bands, and yoga poses.
Performance opportunities: Allow the kids to showcase their skills in a performance at the end of the term or during special events. This can motivate the kids to work hard and improve their skills.
Overall, an acrobatics class for kids should be a fun and safe environment where they can learn new skills, develop their physical abilities, and gain confidence in their abilities.
Saturday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 2 Sat
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Acrobatic Level 3
An acrobatics class for kids can be a great way to introduce them to the fundamentals of gymnastics and circus arts, while also helping them develop strength, flexibility, coordination, and confidence. Here are some tips on how to organize an acrobatics class for kids:
Safety first: Safety should be your top priority when teaching acrobatics to kids. Make sure the kids are supervised at all times and that the environment is safe and suitable for acrobatic training.
Warm-up exercises: Start each class with a warm-up session to prevent injuries and prepare the kids' bodies for the exercises to come. A warm-up can include stretches, cardio exercises, and basic acrobatic moves.
Fundamental skills: Teach fundamental acrobatic skills such as forward and backward rolls, cartwheels, handstands, and headstands. Once the kids have mastered the basics, you can move on to more advanced skills such as walkovers, aerials, and flips.
Partner work: Encourage partner work to help the kids develop trust, teamwork, and communication skills. For example, the kids can work in pairs to practice handstands or to support each other during backbends.
Conditioning and flexibility: Acrobatics requires a lot of strength and flexibility, so make sure to include conditioning and flexibility exercises in your class. These can include bodyweight exercises, resistance bands, and yoga poses.
Performance opportunities: Allow the kids to showcase their skills in a performance at the end of the term or during special events. This can motivate the kids to work hard and improve their skills.
Overall, an acrobatics class for kids should be a fun and safe environment where they can learn new skills, develop their physical abilities, and gain confidence in their abilities.
An acrobatics class for kids can be a great way to introduce them to the fundamentals of gymnastics and circus arts, while also helping them develop strength, flexibility, coordination, and confidence. Here are some tips on how to organize an acrobatics class for kids:
Safety first: Safety should be your top priority when teaching acrobatics to kids. Make sure the kids are supervised at all times and that the environment is safe and suitable for acrobatic training.
Warm-up exercises: Start each class with a warm-up session to prevent injuries and prepare the kids' bodies for the exercises to come. A warm-up can include stretches, cardio exercises, and basic acrobatic moves.
Fundamental skills: Teach fundamental acrobatic skills such as forward and backward rolls, cartwheels, handstands, and headstands. Once the kids have mastered the basics, you can move on to more advanced skills such as walkovers, aerials, and flips.
Partner work: Encourage partner work to help the kids develop trust, teamwork, and communication skills. For example, the kids can work in pairs to practice handstands or to support each other during backbends.
Conditioning and flexibility: Acrobatics requires a lot of strength and flexibility, so make sure to include conditioning and flexibility exercises in your class. These can include bodyweight exercises, resistance bands, and yoga poses.
Performance opportunities: Allow the kids to showcase their skills in a performance at the end of the term or during special events. This can motivate the kids to work hard and improve their skills.
Overall, an acrobatics class for kids should be a fun and safe environment where they can learn new skills, develop their physical abilities, and gain confidence in their abilities.
Saturday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 3 Sat
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Term 4 2024 | ADULT
QDC Adult
8:00 AM to 8:00 AM
Queensland Dance Centre
Adult Dancesport
Dancesport, also known as competitive ballroom dancing, is a style of dance that combines traditional ballroom dances with athletic and competitive elements. In a typical Dancesport class, you can expect to learn and practice a variety of dances, including the waltz, tango, foxtrot, quickstep, Viennese waltz, cha-cha, rumba, samba, jive, and paso doble.
Classes usually begin with a warm-up to prepare your body for the physical demands of Dancesport. This may include stretching, cardio exercises, and strength training to improve your balance, posture, and flexibility.
After the warm-up, the instructor will demonstrate and teach specific dance steps and techniques for each dance style. You will then have the opportunity to practice these steps individually and with a partner. During partner work, you will learn to lead or follow, develop your communication skills with your partner, and understand the importance of connection and musicality in your dancing.
Throughout the class, your instructor will give you feedback on your technique and offer corrections to help you improve. As you progress, you may also learn more complex dance patterns and sequences, and focus on developing your performance skills and musical interpretation.
In addition to the physical benefits of Dancesport, such as improved strength, endurance, and coordination, it is also a great way to socialize, meet new people, and have fun. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced dancer, Dancesport classes can be a great way to improve your skills and enjoy the thrill of competitive ballroom dancing.
Dancesport, also known as competitive ballroom dancing, is a style of dance that combines traditional ballroom dances with athletic and competitive elements. In a typical Dancesport class, you can expect to learn and practice a variety of dances, including the waltz, tango, foxtrot, quickstep, Viennese waltz, cha-cha, rumba, samba, jive, and paso doble.
Classes usually begin with a warm-up to prepare your body for the physical demands of Dancesport. This may include stretching, cardio exercises, and strength training to improve your balance, posture, and flexibility.
After the warm-up, the instructor will demonstrate and teach specific dance steps and techniques for each dance style. You will then have the opportunity to practice these steps individually and with a partner. During partner work, you will learn to lead or follow, develop your communication skills with your partner, and understand the importance of connection and musicality in your dancing.
Throughout the class, your instructor will give you feedback on your technique and offer corrections to help you improve. As you progress, you may also learn more complex dance patterns and sequences, and focus on developing your performance skills and musical interpretation.
In addition to the physical benefits of Dancesport, such as improved strength, endurance, and coordination, it is also a great way to socialize, meet new people, and have fun. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced dancer, Dancesport classes can be a great way to improve your skills and enjoy the thrill of competitive ballroom dancing.
Monday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Adult Kpop
Korean popular music
A highly energetic mixture of electronic, hip hop, pop, rock, and R&B.
From its beginnings in South Korea, K-Pop has grown from a distinctive music style into a popular subculture embracing an unique mix of high fashion and style.
Korean popular music
A highly energetic mixture of electronic, hip hop, pop, rock, and R&B.
From its beginnings in South Korea, K-Pop has grown from a distinctive music style into a popular subculture embracing an unique mix of high fashion and style.
Monday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Adult Zumba
Zumba is a fun and high-energy dance fitness class that incorporates Latin and international music and dance styles. The class is designed to provide a full-body workout while also being enjoyable and accessible to all fitness levels.
In a typical Zumba class, you can expect to start with a warm-up that gets your body moving and your heart rate up. The instructor will then lead you through a series of dance routines that incorporate a variety of dance styles such as salsa, merengue, cumbia, reggaeton, and hip hop, all set to upbeat music.
The routines are designed to be easy to follow, so you don't need any dance experience to participate. The moves are often repeated throughout the class, allowing you to get comfortable with the steps and focus on the cardio workout.
Zumba also includes strength and toning exercises, often using your own body weight or light weights, to help you build and sculpt your muscles. The class will typically end with a cool-down and stretch to help you recover and prevent injury.
Overall, Zumba is a fun and exciting way to get your heart pumping, burn calories, and improve your overall fitness level. It's a great workout for those who love to dance and want to try something new in their fitness routine.
Zumba is a fun and high-energy dance fitness class that incorporates Latin and international music and dance styles. The class is designed to provide a full-body workout while also being enjoyable and accessible to all fitness levels.
In a typical Zumba class, you can expect to start with a warm-up that gets your body moving and your heart rate up. The instructor will then lead you through a series of dance routines that incorporate a variety of dance styles such as salsa, merengue, cumbia, reggaeton, and hip hop, all set to upbeat music.
The routines are designed to be easy to follow, so you don't need any dance experience to participate. The moves are often repeated throughout the class, allowing you to get comfortable with the steps and focus on the cardio workout.
Zumba also includes strength and toning exercises, often using your own body weight or light weights, to help you build and sculpt your muscles. The class will typically end with a cool-down and stretch to help you recover and prevent injury.
Overall, Zumba is a fun and exciting way to get your heart pumping, burn calories, and improve your overall fitness level. It's a great workout for those who love to dance and want to try something new in their fitness routine.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Diamond Doves Jazz
Jazz for Seniors
This class focuses on Broadway jazz artistry and choreography, drawing from some of the world's most popular musicals. Grounded in jazz technique, the class is tailored to be inclusive of beginner-level older adults: no turns, jumps or floor work.
Jazz for Seniors
This class focuses on Broadway jazz artistry and choreography, drawing from some of the world's most popular musicals. Grounded in jazz technique, the class is tailored to be inclusive of beginner-level older adults: no turns, jumps or floor work.
Tuesday
9:30 AM to 10:15 AM
9:30 AM to 10:15 AM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Adult Chinese Folk Dance Intermediate
Adult Chinese folk dance classes offer a unique opportunity to learn traditional Chinese dances that are rich in history and cultural significance. These classes are suitable for dancers of all levels, from beginners to those with previous dance experience.
The class usually starts with a warm-up, which includes stretching and basic exercises to improve flexibility, strength, and coordination. The warm-up may also incorporate elements of traditional Chinese dance, such as fan or ribbon movements, to introduce students to the unique style and technique of Chinese folk dance.
After the warm-up, the class will move on to learning specific Chinese folk dance techniques and movements. These may include graceful arm movements, precise footwork, and intricate spins and turns. Students will learn traditional dances from various regions of China, each with its unique style, music, and history.
The class will also incorporate cultural education and historical background information, including the meaning and significance of the dance movements and costumes.
Throughout the class, the teacher may also incorporate improvisation exercises to help dancers develop their creativity and expression. Students will have the opportunity to practice and refine their movements as they learn the choreography.
The class may also include opportunities to perform and showcase the dances learned in front of an audience. This provides students with the chance to share their passion for Chinese culture and dance while also improving their performance skills.
Overall, adult Chinese folk dance classes provide a unique and engaging way to learn about Chinese culture, express oneself through dance, and connect with others who share an interest in traditional dance forms.
Adult Chinese folk dance classes offer a unique opportunity to learn traditional Chinese dances that are rich in history and cultural significance. These classes are suitable for dancers of all levels, from beginners to those with previous dance experience.
The class usually starts with a warm-up, which includes stretching and basic exercises to improve flexibility, strength, and coordination. The warm-up may also incorporate elements of traditional Chinese dance, such as fan or ribbon movements, to introduce students to the unique style and technique of Chinese folk dance.
After the warm-up, the class will move on to learning specific Chinese folk dance techniques and movements. These may include graceful arm movements, precise footwork, and intricate spins and turns. Students will learn traditional dances from various regions of China, each with its unique style, music, and history.
The class will also incorporate cultural education and historical background information, including the meaning and significance of the dance movements and costumes.
Throughout the class, the teacher may also incorporate improvisation exercises to help dancers develop their creativity and expression. Students will have the opportunity to practice and refine their movements as they learn the choreography.
The class may also include opportunities to perform and showcase the dances learned in front of an audience. This provides students with the chance to share their passion for Chinese culture and dance while also improving their performance skills.
Overall, adult Chinese folk dance classes provide a unique and engaging way to learn about Chinese culture, express oneself through dance, and connect with others who share an interest in traditional dance forms.
Tuesday
10:30 AM to 12:00 PM
10:30 AM to 12:00 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Diamond Doves Tap
Senior beginner tap is a wonderful entry or reintroduction to dance for older adults who have little dance experience or who have not laced up their tap shoes in some time. Dancers will learn basic rhythmic tap skills, and terminology. Dancers will participate in warm up, center, and traveling exercises.
Senior beginner tap is a wonderful entry or reintroduction to dance for older adults who have little dance experience or who have not laced up their tap shoes in some time. Dancers will learn basic rhythmic tap skills, and terminology. Dancers will participate in warm up, center, and traveling exercises.
Tuesday
10:30 AM to 11:15 AM
10:30 AM to 11:15 AM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Beginner Adult Chinese Folk Dance
Adult Chinese folk dance classes offer a unique opportunity to learn traditional Chinese dances that are rich in history and cultural significance. These classes are suitable for dancers of all levels, from beginners to those with previous dance experience.
The class usually starts with a warm-up, which includes stretching and basic exercises to improve flexibility, strength, and coordination. The warm-up may also incorporate elements of traditional Chinese dance, such as fan or ribbon movements, to introduce students to the unique style and technique of Chinese folk dance.
After the warm-up, the class will move on to learning specific Chinese folk dance techniques and movements. These may include graceful arm movements, precise footwork, and intricate spins and turns. Students will learn traditional dances from various regions of China, each with its unique style, music, and history.
The class will also incorporate cultural education and historical background information, including the meaning and significance of the dance movements and costumes.
Throughout the class, the teacher may also incorporate improvisation exercises to help dancers develop their creativity and expression. Students will have the opportunity to practice and refine their movements as they learn the choreography.
The class may also include opportunities to perform and showcase the dances learned in front of an audience. This provides students with the chance to share their passion for Chinese culture and dance while also improving their performance skills.
Overall, adult Chinese folk dance classes provide a unique and engaging way to learn about Chinese culture, express oneself through dance, and connect with others who share an interest in traditional dance forms.
Adult Chinese folk dance classes offer a unique opportunity to learn traditional Chinese dances that are rich in history and cultural significance. These classes are suitable for dancers of all levels, from beginners to those with previous dance experience.
The class usually starts with a warm-up, which includes stretching and basic exercises to improve flexibility, strength, and coordination. The warm-up may also incorporate elements of traditional Chinese dance, such as fan or ribbon movements, to introduce students to the unique style and technique of Chinese folk dance.
After the warm-up, the class will move on to learning specific Chinese folk dance techniques and movements. These may include graceful arm movements, precise footwork, and intricate spins and turns. Students will learn traditional dances from various regions of China, each with its unique style, music, and history.
The class will also incorporate cultural education and historical background information, including the meaning and significance of the dance movements and costumes.
Throughout the class, the teacher may also incorporate improvisation exercises to help dancers develop their creativity and expression. Students will have the opportunity to practice and refine their movements as they learn the choreography.
The class may also include opportunities to perform and showcase the dances learned in front of an audience. This provides students with the chance to share their passion for Chinese culture and dance while also improving their performance skills.
Overall, adult Chinese folk dance classes provide a unique and engaging way to learn about Chinese culture, express oneself through dance, and connect with others who share an interest in traditional dance forms.
Tuesday
12:00 PM to 1:30 PM
12:00 PM to 1:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Adult Ballet
Adults can learn and benefit greatly from ballet.
Through the training of ballet, adults can gain an elegant posture and learn to move with grace. The exercises will help you keep fit, stay slim, increase flexibility and tone your muscles.
QDC's adult ballet courses focus on some of the exercises, techniques and steps of classical ballet with an emphasis on terminology and correct body alignment.
All sessions include a warm-up at the barre with center floor work and combinations.
Participants will develop an aesthetic awareness of the art of classical ballet.
Beginner
For adults who are interested in exploring the art of ballet or who haven't danced in a while and are looking to ease back into things.
Basic ballet positions, terms and concepts will be introduced while everyone builds up a sweat!
Adults can learn and benefit greatly from ballet.
Through the training of ballet, adults can gain an elegant posture and learn to move with grace. The exercises will help you keep fit, stay slim, increase flexibility and tone your muscles.
QDC's adult ballet courses focus on some of the exercises, techniques and steps of classical ballet with an emphasis on terminology and correct body alignment.
All sessions include a warm-up at the barre with center floor work and combinations.
Participants will develop an aesthetic awareness of the art of classical ballet.
Beginner
For adults who are interested in exploring the art of ballet or who haven't danced in a while and are looking to ease back into things.
Basic ballet positions, terms and concepts will be introduced while everyone builds up a sweat!
Tuesday
7:30 PM to 9:00 PM
7:30 PM to 9:00 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Diamond Doves Ballet
Ballet for seniors is an inclusive ballet class designed to provide a gentle, structured and enjoyable dance experience. Exercises follow the barre and centre format of a traditional ballet class and include references to the music and productions of The Australian Ballet.
Ballet for seniors is an inclusive ballet class designed to provide a gentle, structured and enjoyable dance experience. Exercises follow the barre and centre format of a traditional ballet class and include references to the music and productions of The Australian Ballet.
Wednesday
9:30 AM to 10:15 AM
9:30 AM to 10:15 AM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Diamond Doves Folk Dance
Guozhuang Dance is a collective aerobic exercise that plays an important role in the physical activity of older Chinese adults. Studying the intrinsic relationship between Guozhuang Dance and the subjective well-being can help improve the quality of life and well-being of older adults in their later years.
Guozhuang Dance is a collective aerobic exercise that plays an important role in the physical activity of older Chinese adults. Studying the intrinsic relationship between Guozhuang Dance and the subjective well-being can help improve the quality of life and well-being of older adults in their later years.
Wednesday
10:30 AM to 11:15 AM
10:30 AM to 11:15 AM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Diamond Doves Zumba
Active older adults who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination.
Active older adults who are looking for a modified Zumba® class that recreates the original moves you love at a lower-intensity. The design of the class introduces easy-to-follow Zumba® choreography that focuses on balance, range of motion and coordination.
Thursday
9:30 AM to 10:15 AM
9:30 AM to 10:15 AM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Diamond Song & Dance
Singing can boost the brain function and mood of people with early stage dementia. Researchers at the University of Helsinki, Finland have revealed that caregiver-implemented musical activities, particularly singing, helped older adults with mild to moderate dementia.
Singing can boost the brain function and mood of people with early stage dementia. Researchers at the University of Helsinki, Finland have revealed that caregiver-implemented musical activities, particularly singing, helped older adults with mild to moderate dementia.
Thursday
10:30 AM to 11:15 AM
10:30 AM to 11:15 AM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Adult Ballet Beginner
Friday
10:00 AM to 11:30 AM
10:00 AM to 11:30 AM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Adult Chinese Folk Dance Advanced
Adult Chinese folk dance classes offer a unique opportunity to learn traditional Chinese dances that are rich in history and cultural significance. These classes are suitable for dancers of all levels, from beginners to those with previous dance experience.
The class usually starts with a warm-up, which includes stretching and basic exercises to improve flexibility, strength, and coordination. The warm-up may also incorporate elements of traditional Chinese dance, such as fan or ribbon movements, to introduce students to the unique style and technique of Chinese folk dance.
After the warm-up, the class will move on to learning specific Chinese folk dance techniques and movements. These may include graceful arm movements, precise footwork, and intricate spins and turns. Students will learn traditional dances from various regions of China, each with its unique style, music, and history.
The class will also incorporate cultural education and historical background information, including the meaning and significance of the dance movements and costumes.
Throughout the class, the teacher may also incorporate improvisation exercises to help dancers develop their creativity and expression. Students will have the opportunity to practice and refine their movements as they learn the choreography.
The class may also include opportunities to perform and showcase the dances learned in front of an audience. This provides students with the chance to share their passion for Chinese culture and dance while also improving their performance skills.
Overall, adult Chinese folk dance classes provide a unique and engaging way to learn about Chinese culture, express oneself through dance, and connect with others who share an interest in traditional dance forms.
Adult Chinese folk dance classes offer a unique opportunity to learn traditional Chinese dances that are rich in history and cultural significance. These classes are suitable for dancers of all levels, from beginners to those with previous dance experience.
The class usually starts with a warm-up, which includes stretching and basic exercises to improve flexibility, strength, and coordination. The warm-up may also incorporate elements of traditional Chinese dance, such as fan or ribbon movements, to introduce students to the unique style and technique of Chinese folk dance.
After the warm-up, the class will move on to learning specific Chinese folk dance techniques and movements. These may include graceful arm movements, precise footwork, and intricate spins and turns. Students will learn traditional dances from various regions of China, each with its unique style, music, and history.
The class will also incorporate cultural education and historical background information, including the meaning and significance of the dance movements and costumes.
Throughout the class, the teacher may also incorporate improvisation exercises to help dancers develop their creativity and expression. Students will have the opportunity to practice and refine their movements as they learn the choreography.
The class may also include opportunities to perform and showcase the dances learned in front of an audience. This provides students with the chance to share their passion for Chinese culture and dance while also improving their performance skills.
Overall, adult Chinese folk dance classes provide a unique and engaging way to learn about Chinese culture, express oneself through dance, and connect with others who share an interest in traditional dance forms.
Friday
10:30 AM to 12:00 PM
10:30 AM to 12:00 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Adult Hip Hop
A high-energy dance form using the latest music mixed with movements that are influenced by some of today's top video choreographers. Hip Hop is a broad collection of urban street dance styles including breaking, popping, locking, turfing, jerkin' and krumping and often incorporates elements of freestlying.
Classes will provide a structured method of learning various styles of movement in a fun and vibrant environment. Each class will incorporate dance combinations and routines and will encourage individual expression and personal style.
A high-energy dance form using the latest music mixed with movements that are influenced by some of today's top video choreographers. Hip Hop is a broad collection of urban street dance styles including breaking, popping, locking, turfing, jerkin' and krumping and often incorporates elements of freestlying.
Classes will provide a structured method of learning various styles of movement in a fun and vibrant environment. Each class will incorporate dance combinations and routines and will encourage individual expression and personal style.
Friday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Term 1 2025 | CHILD
Acrobatic Level 1
An acrobatics class for kids can be a great way to introduce them to the fundamentals of gymnastics and circus arts, while also helping them develop strength, flexibility, coordination, and confidence. Here are some tips on how to organize an acrobatics class for kids:
Safety first: Safety should be your top priority when teaching acrobatics to kids. Make sure the kids are supervised at all times and that the environment is safe and suitable for acrobatic training.
Warm-up exercises: Start each class with a warm-up session to prevent injuries and prepare the kids' bodies for the exercises to come. A warm-up can include stretches, cardio exercises, and basic acrobatic moves.
Fundamental skills: Teach fundamental acrobatic skills such as forward and backward rolls, cartwheels, handstands, and headstands. Once the kids have mastered the basics, you can move on to more advanced skills such as walkovers, aerials, and flips.
Partner work: Encourage partner work to help the kids develop trust, teamwork, and communication skills. For example, the kids can work in pairs to practice handstands or to support each other during backbends.
Conditioning and flexibility: Acrobatics requires a lot of strength and flexibility, so make sure to include conditioning and flexibility exercises in your class. These can include bodyweight exercises, resistance bands, and yoga poses.
Performance opportunities: Allow the kids to showcase their skills in a performance at the end of the term or during special events. This can motivate the kids to work hard and improve their skills.
Overall, an acrobatics class for kids should be a fun and safe environment where they can learn new skills, develop their physical abilities, and gain confidence in their abilities.
An acrobatics class for kids can be a great way to introduce them to the fundamentals of gymnastics and circus arts, while also helping them develop strength, flexibility, coordination, and confidence. Here are some tips on how to organize an acrobatics class for kids:
Safety first: Safety should be your top priority when teaching acrobatics to kids. Make sure the kids are supervised at all times and that the environment is safe and suitable for acrobatic training.
Warm-up exercises: Start each class with a warm-up session to prevent injuries and prepare the kids' bodies for the exercises to come. A warm-up can include stretches, cardio exercises, and basic acrobatic moves.
Fundamental skills: Teach fundamental acrobatic skills such as forward and backward rolls, cartwheels, handstands, and headstands. Once the kids have mastered the basics, you can move on to more advanced skills such as walkovers, aerials, and flips.
Partner work: Encourage partner work to help the kids develop trust, teamwork, and communication skills. For example, the kids can work in pairs to practice handstands or to support each other during backbends.
Conditioning and flexibility: Acrobatics requires a lot of strength and flexibility, so make sure to include conditioning and flexibility exercises in your class. These can include bodyweight exercises, resistance bands, and yoga poses.
Performance opportunities: Allow the kids to showcase their skills in a performance at the end of the term or during special events. This can motivate the kids to work hard and improve their skills.
Overall, an acrobatics class for kids should be a fun and safe environment where they can learn new skills, develop their physical abilities, and gain confidence in their abilities.
Saturday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Acrobatic Level 2
 An acrobatics class for kids can be a great way to introduce them to the fundamentals of gymnastics and circus arts, while also helping them develop strength, flexibility, coordination, and confidence. Here are some tips on how to organize an acrobatics class for kids:
Safety first: Safety should be your top priority when teaching acrobatics to kids. Make sure the kids are supervised at all times and that the environment is safe and suitable for acrobatic training.
Warm-up exercises: Start each class with a warm-up session to prevent injuries and prepare the kids' bodies for the exercises to come. A warm-up can include stretches, cardio exercises, and basic acrobatic moves.
Fundamental skills: Teach fundamental acrobatic skills such as forward and backward rolls, cartwheels, handstands, and headstands. Once the kids have mastered the basics, you can move on to more advanced skills such as walkovers, aerials, and flips.
Partner work: Encourage partner work to help the kids develop trust, teamwork, and communication skills. For example, the kids can work in pairs to practice handstands or to support each other during backbends.
Conditioning and flexibility: Acrobatics requires a lot of strength and flexibility, so make sure to include conditioning and flexibility exercises in your class. These can include bodyweight exercises, resistance bands, and yoga poses.
Performance opportunities: Allow the kids to showcase their skills in a performance at the end of the term or during special events. This can motivate the kids to work hard and improve their skills.
Overall, an acrobatics class for kids should be a fun and safe environment where they can learn new skills, develop their physical abilities, and gain confidence in their abilities.
 An acrobatics class for kids can be a great way to introduce them to the fundamentals of gymnastics and circus arts, while also helping them develop strength, flexibility, coordination, and confidence. Here are some tips on how to organize an acrobatics class for kids:
Safety first: Safety should be your top priority when teaching acrobatics to kids. Make sure the kids are supervised at all times and that the environment is safe and suitable for acrobatic training.
Warm-up exercises: Start each class with a warm-up session to prevent injuries and prepare the kids' bodies for the exercises to come. A warm-up can include stretches, cardio exercises, and basic acrobatic moves.
Fundamental skills: Teach fundamental acrobatic skills such as forward and backward rolls, cartwheels, handstands, and headstands. Once the kids have mastered the basics, you can move on to more advanced skills such as walkovers, aerials, and flips.
Partner work: Encourage partner work to help the kids develop trust, teamwork, and communication skills. For example, the kids can work in pairs to practice handstands or to support each other during backbends.
Conditioning and flexibility: Acrobatics requires a lot of strength and flexibility, so make sure to include conditioning and flexibility exercises in your class. These can include bodyweight exercises, resistance bands, and yoga poses.
Performance opportunities: Allow the kids to showcase their skills in a performance at the end of the term or during special events. This can motivate the kids to work hard and improve their skills.
Overall, an acrobatics class for kids should be a fun and safe environment where they can learn new skills, develop their physical abilities, and gain confidence in their abilities.
Saturday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Acrobatic Level 3
An acrobatics class for kids can be a great way to introduce them to the fundamentals of gymnastics and circus arts, while also helping them develop strength, flexibility, coordination, and confidence. Here are some tips on how to organize an acrobatics class for kids:
Safety first: Safety should be your top priority when teaching acrobatics to kids. Make sure the kids are supervised at all times and that the environment is safe and suitable for acrobatic training.
Warm-up exercises: Start each class with a warm-up session to prevent injuries and prepare the kids' bodies for the exercises to come. A warm-up can include stretches, cardio exercises, and basic acrobatic moves.
Fundamental skills: Teach fundamental acrobatic skills such as forward and backward rolls, cartwheels, handstands, and headstands. Once the kids have mastered the basics, you can move on to more advanced skills such as walkovers, aerials, and flips.
Partner work: Encourage partner work to help the kids develop trust, teamwork, and communication skills. For example, the kids can work in pairs to practice handstands or to support each other during backbends.
Conditioning and flexibility: Acrobatics requires a lot of strength and flexibility, so make sure to include conditioning and flexibility exercises in your class. These can include bodyweight exercises, resistance bands, and yoga poses.
Performance opportunities: Allow the kids to showcase their skills in a performance at the end of the term or during special events. This can motivate the kids to work hard and improve their skills.
Overall, an acrobatics class for kids should be a fun and safe environment where they can learn new skills, develop their physical abilities, and gain confidence in their abilities.
An acrobatics class for kids can be a great way to introduce them to the fundamentals of gymnastics and circus arts, while also helping them develop strength, flexibility, coordination, and confidence. Here are some tips on how to organize an acrobatics class for kids:
Safety first: Safety should be your top priority when teaching acrobatics to kids. Make sure the kids are supervised at all times and that the environment is safe and suitable for acrobatic training.
Warm-up exercises: Start each class with a warm-up session to prevent injuries and prepare the kids' bodies for the exercises to come. A warm-up can include stretches, cardio exercises, and basic acrobatic moves.
Fundamental skills: Teach fundamental acrobatic skills such as forward and backward rolls, cartwheels, handstands, and headstands. Once the kids have mastered the basics, you can move on to more advanced skills such as walkovers, aerials, and flips.
Partner work: Encourage partner work to help the kids develop trust, teamwork, and communication skills. For example, the kids can work in pairs to practice handstands or to support each other during backbends.
Conditioning and flexibility: Acrobatics requires a lot of strength and flexibility, so make sure to include conditioning and flexibility exercises in your class. These can include bodyweight exercises, resistance bands, and yoga poses.
Performance opportunities: Allow the kids to showcase their skills in a performance at the end of the term or during special events. This can motivate the kids to work hard and improve their skills.
Overall, an acrobatics class for kids should be a fun and safe environment where they can learn new skills, develop their physical abilities, and gain confidence in their abilities.
Saturday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Acrobatic Level 4
Saturday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Advanced Foundation Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Advanced Foundation: This level is designed to prepare students for the more advanced levels of the Vocational Graded Examinations. It is typically taken by students who have completed Intermediate, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises, variations, and repertoire, with an emphasis on musicality and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Advanced Foundation: This level is designed to prepare students for the more advanced levels of the Vocational Graded Examinations. It is typically taken by students who have completed Intermediate, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises, variations, and repertoire, with an emphasis on musicality and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Advanced Foundation Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Advanced Foundation: This level is designed to prepare students for the more advanced levels of the Vocational Graded Examinations. It is typically taken by students who have completed Intermediate, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises, variations, and repertoire, with an emphasis on musicality and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Advanced Foundation: This level is designed to prepare students for the more advanced levels of the Vocational Graded Examinations. It is typically taken by students who have completed Intermediate, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises, variations, and repertoire, with an emphasis on musicality and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Friday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Ballet Technique Grade 3 Above
Thursday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Character Dance Ballet Grade 3 Above
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Friday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Chinese Folk Dance 6-9 yrs
Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Classical Variation Level 1
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Monday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Classical Variation Level 2
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Tuesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Contemporary Level 1
Contemporary dance is a style of expressive dance that combines elements of several genres, including modern, jazz, and ballet. It is characterized by its fluid and dynamic movements, which often reflect the emotions and experiences of the dancer.
A contemporary dance class typically begins with a warm-up, which includes exercises to increase flexibility, strength, and coordination. This may involve stretching, core exercises, and movements that focus on isolating different parts of the body.
After the warm-up, the class will typically move on to the technique portion of the class. This may include exercises to improve balance, alignment, and control. Dancers will also learn and practice specific contemporary dance movements, such as floorwork, lifts, and jumps.
Once the technique portion is completed, the class will move on to learning and rehearsing choreography. The choreography will be taught in sections, and dancers will have the opportunity to practice and refine their movements. The choreography may be set to music, and dancers will be encouraged to interpret the music and express themselves through their movements.
Throughout the class, the teacher may also incorporate improvisation exercises to help dancers explore their creativity and develop their own movement vocabulary.
Contemporary dance classes are suitable for dancers of all levels, from beginners to advanced. They provide a supportive and inclusive environment for dancers to express themselves, improve their technique, and connect with others who share their passion for dance
Contemporary dance is a style of expressive dance that combines elements of several genres, including modern, jazz, and ballet. It is characterized by its fluid and dynamic movements, which often reflect the emotions and experiences of the dancer.
A contemporary dance class typically begins with a warm-up, which includes exercises to increase flexibility, strength, and coordination. This may involve stretching, core exercises, and movements that focus on isolating different parts of the body.
After the warm-up, the class will typically move on to the technique portion of the class. This may include exercises to improve balance, alignment, and control. Dancers will also learn and practice specific contemporary dance movements, such as floorwork, lifts, and jumps.
Once the technique portion is completed, the class will move on to learning and rehearsing choreography. The choreography will be taught in sections, and dancers will have the opportunity to practice and refine their movements. The choreography may be set to music, and dancers will be encouraged to interpret the music and express themselves through their movements.
Throughout the class, the teacher may also incorporate improvisation exercises to help dancers explore their creativity and develop their own movement vocabulary.
Contemporary dance classes are suitable for dancers of all levels, from beginners to advanced. They provide a supportive and inclusive environment for dancers to express themselves, improve their technique, and connect with others who share their passion for dance
Monday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Contemporary Level 2
Contemporary dance is an expressive style that blends elements of modern, jazz, and ballet. Known for fluid and dynamic movements, it often reflects the dancer’s emotions and experiences.
A typical class starts with a warm-up to enhance flexibility, strength, and coordination through stretching, core exercises, and isolations. Then, the class focuses on technique, with exercises for balance, alignment, and control, as well as practice in floorwork, lifts, and jumps.
The class then moves on to learning choreography, usually taught in sections, allowing dancers to refine their movements and interpret the music expressively. Improvisation exercises may be included to foster creativity and help dancers develop their unique movement style.
Contemporary dance classes are open to all skill levels, offering a welcoming environment for dancers to express themselves, improve their technique, and connect with others.
Contemporary dance is an expressive style that blends elements of modern, jazz, and ballet. Known for fluid and dynamic movements, it often reflects the dancer’s emotions and experiences.
A typical class starts with a warm-up to enhance flexibility, strength, and coordination through stretching, core exercises, and isolations. Then, the class focuses on technique, with exercises for balance, alignment, and control, as well as practice in floorwork, lifts, and jumps.
The class then moves on to learning choreography, usually taught in sections, allowing dancers to refine their movements and interpret the music expressively. Improvisation exercises may be included to foster creativity and help dancers develop their unique movement style.
Contemporary dance classes are open to all skill levels, offering a welcoming environment for dancers to express themselves, improve their technique, and connect with others.
Monday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Creative Ballet & Jazz Sat 0845
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
Saturday
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
8:45 AM to 9:45 AM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Creative Ballet & Jazz Sat 0945
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
Saturday
9:45 AM to 10:45 AM
9:45 AM to 10:45 AM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Creative Ballet & Jazz Sat 1130
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
Saturday
11:30 AM to 12:30 PM
11:30 AM to 12:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Creative Ballet & Jazz Tues
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
A creative ballet and jazz class for four-year-olds is a wonderful way for young dancers to explore movement, music, and self-expression.
The class begins with 30 minutes of ballet, where the young dancers will learn the fundamentals of ballet technique through playful and imaginative exercises. They will learn the basic positions of the feet and arms, as well as simple steps such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The young dancers will be encouraged to use their imaginations to bring their movements to life, perhaps imagining they are princesses or knights dancing in a castle or fairies fluttering through a magical forest.
After the ballet portion of the class, the young dancers will move on to 30 minutes of jazz. In this portion of the class, they will explore more upbeat and modern movements, with a focus on rhythm, style, and personality. They might learn simple jazz steps such as chassés and grapevines, as well as some basic turns and jumps. The young dancers will have the opportunity to express themselves through their movements, perhaps imagining they are pop stars or superheroes dancing to their favorite music.
Throughout the class, the young dancers will be encouraged to have fun, be creative, and express themselves through movement. The class will be taught by a patient and enthusiastic teacher who will provide a safe and nurturing environment for the young dancers to explore and grow. By the end of the 60-minute class, the young dancers will have gained a newfound love for dance and a greater sense of confidence in their own abilities.
Tuesday
9:45 AM to 10:45 AM
9:45 AM to 10:45 AM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Creative Ballet Sat
Creative ballet for 4-year-olds is an engaging and fun dance class that combines the elements of ballet with creative movement. The class typically lasts for 45 minutes, and is designed to introduce young children to the basic techniques and terminology of ballet while also encouraging them to explore their own creativity and imagination.
The class usually begins with a warm-up, which includes exercises to help the children develop their coordination and balance. This might include simple stretches, jumps, and skips, as well as games and activities that get the children moving and engaged.
Once the warm-up is complete, the children will begin learning basic ballet techniques and terminology, such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The instructor will guide the children through these movements and help them understand the correct posture and alignment needed for each one.
Throughout the class, the children will also be encouraged to explore their own creativity and express themselves through movement. They may be given opportunities to improvise or create their own dance moves, or they may learn simple choreography that allows them to practice their new ballet skills.
Overall, creative ballet for 4-year-olds is a great way to introduce young children to the world of dance while also promoting their physical development and creativity. It's a fun and engaging way for children to learn and grow while having fun with their peers.
Creative ballet for 4-year-olds is an engaging and fun dance class that combines the elements of ballet with creative movement. The class typically lasts for 45 minutes, and is designed to introduce young children to the basic techniques and terminology of ballet while also encouraging them to explore their own creativity and imagination.
The class usually begins with a warm-up, which includes exercises to help the children develop their coordination and balance. This might include simple stretches, jumps, and skips, as well as games and activities that get the children moving and engaged.
Once the warm-up is complete, the children will begin learning basic ballet techniques and terminology, such as pliés, tendus, and relevés. The instructor will guide the children through these movements and help them understand the correct posture and alignment needed for each one.
Throughout the class, the children will also be encouraged to explore their own creativity and express themselves through movement. They may be given opportunities to improvise or create their own dance moves, or they may learn simple choreography that allows them to practice their new ballet skills.
Overall, creative ballet for 4-year-olds is a great way to introduce young children to the world of dance while also promoting their physical development and creativity. It's a fun and engaging way for children to learn and grow while having fun with their peers.
Saturday
8:15 AM to 9:00 AM
8:15 AM to 9:00 AM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 1 A Ballet
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Th 4:30 PM-5:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 1 A Ballet
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
M 4:30 PM-5:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 1 B Ballet
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Sa 1:30 PM-2:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 1 B Ballet
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
W 3:30 PM-4:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 1 C Ballet
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Friday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 1 C Ballet
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Grade 1: Suitable for children aged 7 to 9, the Grade 1 level focuses on developing strength, flexibility, and coordination, introducing more complex movements, such as pirouettes and adage.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Tu 4:30 PM-5:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 2 A Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 2: Designed for children aged 8 to 10, the Grade 2 level builds on the technical and artistic skills developed in Grade 1, introducing new jumps and turns, and focusing on musicality and expression.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 2: Designed for children aged 8 to 10, the Grade 2 level builds on the technical and artistic skills developed in Grade 1, introducing new jumps and turns, and focusing on musicality and expression.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 2 A Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 2: Designed for children aged 8 to 10, the Grade 2 level builds on the technical and artistic skills developed in Grade 1, introducing new jumps and turns, and focusing on musicality and expression.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 2: Designed for children aged 8 to 10, the Grade 2 level builds on the technical and artistic skills developed in Grade 1, introducing new jumps and turns, and focusing on musicality and expression.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
M 5:30 PM-6:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 2 B Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 2: Designed for children aged 8 to 10, the Grade 2 level builds on the technical and artistic skills developed in Grade 1, introducing new jumps and turns, and focusing on musicality and expression.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 2: Designed for children aged 8 to 10, the Grade 2 level builds on the technical and artistic skills developed in Grade 1, introducing new jumps and turns, and focusing on musicality and expression.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Sa 2:30 PM-3:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 2 B Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 2: Designed for children aged 8 to 10, the Grade 2 level builds on the technical and artistic skills developed in Grade 1, introducing new jumps and turns, and focusing on musicality and expression.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 2: Designed for children aged 8 to 10, the Grade 2 level builds on the technical and artistic skills developed in Grade 1, introducing new jumps and turns, and focusing on musicality and expression.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 2 C Ballet
Friday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 2 C Ballet
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 3 A Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 3: Suitable for children aged 9 to 11, the Grade 3 level focuses on developing more advanced technical skills, including larger jumps and more complex turns, as well as artistry and performance quality.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 3: Suitable for children aged 9 to 11, the Grade 3 level focuses on developing more advanced technical skills, including larger jumps and more complex turns, as well as artistry and performance quality.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Thursday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 3 A Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 3: Suitable for children aged 9 to 11, the Grade 3 level focuses on developing more advanced technical skills, including larger jumps and more complex turns, as well as artistry and performance quality.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 3: Suitable for children aged 9 to 11, the Grade 3 level focuses on developing more advanced technical skills, including larger jumps and more complex turns, as well as artistry and performance quality.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
M 3:30 PM-4:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 3 B Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 3: Suitable for children aged 9 to 11, the Grade 3 level focuses on developing more advanced technical skills, including larger jumps and more complex turns, as well as artistry and performance quality.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 3: Suitable for children aged 9 to 11, the Grade 3 level focuses on developing more advanced technical skills, including larger jumps and more complex turns, as well as artistry and performance quality.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Saturday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 3 B Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 3: Suitable for children aged 9 to 11, the Grade 3 level focuses on developing more advanced technical skills, including larger jumps and more complex turns, as well as artistry and performance quality.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 3: Suitable for children aged 9 to 11, the Grade 3 level focuses on developing more advanced technical skills, including larger jumps and more complex turns, as well as artistry and performance quality.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 4 A Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 4: Designed for children aged 10 to 12, the Grade 4 level introduces more complex combinations and sequences, as well as more demanding technical challenges, such as multiple pirouettes and complex allegro work.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 4: Designed for children aged 10 to 12, the Grade 4 level introduces more complex combinations and sequences, as well as more demanding technical challenges, such as multiple pirouettes and complex allegro work.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 4 A Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 4: Designed for children aged 10 to 12, the Grade 4 level introduces more complex combinations and sequences, as well as more demanding technical challenges, such as multiple pirouettes and complex allegro work.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 4: Designed for children aged 10 to 12, the Grade 4 level introduces more complex combinations and sequences, as well as more demanding technical challenges, such as multiple pirouettes and complex allegro work.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
M 4:30 PM-5:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 4 B Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 4: Designed for children aged 10 to 12, the Grade 4 level introduces more complex combinations and sequences, as well as more demanding technical challenges, such as multiple pirouettes and complex allegro work.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 4: Designed for children aged 10 to 12, the Grade 4 level introduces more complex combinations and sequences, as well as more demanding technical challenges, such as multiple pirouettes and complex allegro work.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Saturday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 4 B Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 4: Designed for children aged 10 to 12, the Grade 4 level introduces more complex combinations and sequences, as well as more demanding technical challenges, such as multiple pirouettes and complex allegro work.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 4: Designed for children aged 10 to 12, the Grade 4 level introduces more complex combinations and sequences, as well as more demanding technical challenges, such as multiple pirouettes and complex allegro work.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 5 A Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 5: Suitable for children aged 11 to 13, the Grade 5 level focuses on developing virtuosity and artistry, with more complex choreography, longer and more demanding combinations, and a greater focus on musical interpretation.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 5: Suitable for children aged 11 to 13, the Grade 5 level focuses on developing virtuosity and artistry, with more complex choreography, longer and more demanding combinations, and a greater focus on musical interpretation.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 5 A Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 5: Suitable for children aged 11 to 13, the Grade 5 level focuses on developing virtuosity and artistry, with more complex choreography, longer and more demanding combinations, and a greater focus on musical interpretation.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 5: Suitable for children aged 11 to 13, the Grade 5 level focuses on developing virtuosity and artistry, with more complex choreography, longer and more demanding combinations, and a greater focus on musical interpretation.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
M 5:30 PM-6:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 5 B Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 5: Suitable for children aged 11 to 13, the Grade 5 level focuses on developing virtuosity and artistry, with more complex choreography, longer and more demanding combinations, and a greater focus on musical interpretation.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 5: Suitable for children aged 11 to 13, the Grade 5 level focuses on developing virtuosity and artistry, with more complex choreography, longer and more demanding combinations, and a greater focus on musical interpretation.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
Saturday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Grade 5 B Ballet
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 5: Suitable for children aged 11 to 13, the Grade 5 level focuses on developing virtuosity and artistry, with more complex choreography, longer and more demanding combinations, and a greater focus on musical interpretation.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) offers a graded syllabus for ballet training, which consists of 8 levels, from Primary to Grade 8. Each level has a structured curriculum that builds on the skills learned in the previous levels and introduces new technical and artistic challenges.
Grade 5: Suitable for children aged 11 to 13, the Grade 5 level focuses on developing virtuosity and artistry, with more complex choreography, longer and more demanding combinations, and a greater focus on musical interpretation.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression. Overall, the RAD Ballet syllabus provides a structured and progressive training program for dancers of all ages and abilities, helping them to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and love of dance.
W 7:30 PM-8:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Hip-Hop 13&U Advance
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers.
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers.
Friday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Hip-Hop 7-8 yrs Advanced
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers.
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers.
Friday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Hip-Hop 7-8yrs Sat
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers
Saturday
1:30 AM to 2:30 AM
1:30 AM to 2:30 AM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Hip-Hop 9-10yrs Fri
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers.
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers.
Friday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Hip-Hop Junior Sat
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers
Hip hop dance is a high-energy form of dance that combines various styles including breaking, locking, popping, and freestyle movement. This dance style is often performed to hip hop music and involves sharp, powerful movements and intricate footwork.
In a typical hip hop dance class, students will start with a warm-up to get their bodies ready for the high-intensity movements they'll be performing. The warm-up may include stretching, cardio exercises, and basic footwork drills.
Once warmed up, students will move on to learning and practicing various hip hop dance moves and combinations. The instructor will break down each move step-by-step, providing students with clear instructions and demonstrations to help them understand the proper technique and timing.
Throughout the class, students will also have the opportunity to practice their freestyle skills, allowing them to explore their own personal style and creativity. The instructor may provide a few guidelines and prompts to help students get started, but ultimately, the goal is for each student to find their own unique style of movement.
Finally, the class will conclude with a cool-down session, where students will focus on stretching and relaxing their muscles. This helps prevent injury and allows students to leave feeling energized and refreshed.
Overall, a hip hop dance class is a fun, high-energy experience that provides an excellent workout while also allowing students to express themselves creatively through movement. It is suitable for dancers of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced dancers
Saturday
12:30 PM to 1:30 PM
12:30 PM to 1:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Intermediate
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Wednesday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Intermediate
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Monday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Intermediate Foundation
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Monday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Intermediate Foundation
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Intermediate Foundation Pointe
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Thursday
7:30 PM to 8:15 PM
7:30 PM to 8:15 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Intermediate Pointe
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Vocational Graded Examinations are designed for advanced ballet students who are pursuing a career in dance. There are five levels of Vocational Graded Examinations: Intermediate Foundation, Intermediate, Advanced Foundation, Advanced 1, and Advanced 2. Here's a brief description of each level:
Intermediate Foundation: This level is typically taken by students who have completed Grade 5 of the RAD syllabus, or who have equivalent experience. The syllabus includes a range of technical exercises and variations that are designed to develop the student's technique, musicality, and artistry.
At each level, students have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where students are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD's Vocational Graded Examinations provide a structured and challenging training program for advanced ballet students, helping them to develop the skills and knowledge required for a successful career in dance.
Monday
8:30 PM to 9:15 PM
8:30 PM to 9:15 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 1 Sat
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 1 Thurs
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 2 Sat
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
2:30 PM to 3:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 2 Thurs
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Thursday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 3 Sat
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 3 Thurs
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 4 Sat
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 4 Thurs
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Thursday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 5
Friday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Level 6
Tuesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Jazz Technique
Friday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Junior Jazz Sat
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
12:30 PM to 1:30 PM
12:30 PM to 1:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Junior Jazz Thurs
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Thursday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
K-Pop Intermediate
Saturday
11:30 PM to 12:30 PM
11:30 PM to 12:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
K-Pop Junior
Saturday
10:30 AM to 11:30 AM
10:30 AM to 11:30 AM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Kids Latin - Bronze
Dancesport, also known as competitive ballroom dancing, is a style of dance that combines traditional ballroom dances with athletic and competitive elements. In a typical Dancesport class, you can expect to learn and practice a variety of dances, including the waltz, tango, foxtrot, quickstep, Viennese waltz, cha-cha, rumba, samba, jive, and paso doble.
Classes usually begin with a warm-up to prepare your body for the physical demands of Dancesport. This may include stretching, cardio exercises, and strength training to improve your balance, posture, and flexibility.
After the warm-up, the instructor will demonstrate and teach specific dance steps and techniques for each dance style. You will then have the opportunity to practice these steps individually and with a partner. During partner work, you will learn to lead or follow, develop your communication skills with your partner, and understand the importance of connection and musicality in your dancing.
Throughout the class, your instructor will give you feedback on your technique and offer corrections to help you improve. As you progress, you may also learn more complex dance patterns and sequences, and focus on developing your performance skills and musical interpretation.
In addition to the physical benefits of Dancesport, such as improved strength, endurance, and coordination, it is also a great way to socialize, meet new people, and have fun. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced dancer, Dancesport classes can be a great way to improve your skills and enjoy the thrill of competitive ballroom dancing.
Dancesport, also known as competitive ballroom dancing, is a style of dance that combines traditional ballroom dances with athletic and competitive elements. In a typical Dancesport class, you can expect to learn and practice a variety of dances, including the waltz, tango, foxtrot, quickstep, Viennese waltz, cha-cha, rumba, samba, jive, and paso doble.
Classes usually begin with a warm-up to prepare your body for the physical demands of Dancesport. This may include stretching, cardio exercises, and strength training to improve your balance, posture, and flexibility.
After the warm-up, the instructor will demonstrate and teach specific dance steps and techniques for each dance style. You will then have the opportunity to practice these steps individually and with a partner. During partner work, you will learn to lead or follow, develop your communication skills with your partner, and understand the importance of connection and musicality in your dancing.
Throughout the class, your instructor will give you feedback on your technique and offer corrections to help you improve. As you progress, you may also learn more complex dance patterns and sequences, and focus on developing your performance skills and musical interpretation.
In addition to the physical benefits of Dancesport, such as improved strength, endurance, and coordination, it is also a great way to socialize, meet new people, and have fun. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced dancer, Dancesport classes can be a great way to improve your skills and enjoy the thrill of competitive ballroom dancing.
Friday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Kids Latin - Silver
Dancesport, also known as competitive ballroom dancing, is a style of dance that combines traditional ballroom dances with athletic and competitive elements. In a typical Dancesport class, you can expect to learn and practice a variety of dances, including the waltz, tango, foxtrot, quickstep, Viennese waltz, cha-cha, rumba, samba, jive, and paso doble.
Classes usually begin with a warm-up to prepare your body for the physical demands of Dancesport. This may include stretching, cardio exercises, and strength training to improve your balance, posture, and flexibility.
After the warm-up, the instructor will demonstrate and teach specific dance steps and techniques for each dance style. You will then have the opportunity to practice these steps individually and with a partner. During partner work, you will learn to lead or follow, develop your communication skills with your partner, and understand the importance of connection and musicality in your dancing.
Throughout the class, your instructor will give you feedback on your technique and offer corrections to help you improve. As you progress, you may also learn more complex dance patterns and sequences, and focus on developing your performance skills and musical interpretation.
In addition to the physical benefits of Dancesport, such as improved strength, endurance, and coordination, it is also a great way to socialize, meet new people, and have fun. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced dancer, Dancesport classes can be a great way to improve your skills and enjoy the thrill of competitive ballroom dancing.
Dancesport, also known as competitive ballroom dancing, is a style of dance that combines traditional ballroom dances with athletic and competitive elements. In a typical Dancesport class, you can expect to learn and practice a variety of dances, including the waltz, tango, foxtrot, quickstep, Viennese waltz, cha-cha, rumba, samba, jive, and paso doble.
Classes usually begin with a warm-up to prepare your body for the physical demands of Dancesport. This may include stretching, cardio exercises, and strength training to improve your balance, posture, and flexibility.
After the warm-up, the instructor will demonstrate and teach specific dance steps and techniques for each dance style. You will then have the opportunity to practice these steps individually and with a partner. During partner work, you will learn to lead or follow, develop your communication skills with your partner, and understand the importance of connection and musicality in your dancing.
Throughout the class, your instructor will give you feedback on your technique and offer corrections to help you improve. As you progress, you may also learn more complex dance patterns and sequences, and focus on developing your performance skills and musical interpretation.
In addition to the physical benefits of Dancesport, such as improved strength, endurance, and coordination, it is also a great way to socialize, meet new people, and have fun. Whether you are a beginner or an experienced dancer, Dancesport classes can be a great way to improve your skills and enjoy the thrill of competitive ballroom dancing.
Friday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Musical Theatre Level 1 and 2
Musical Theatre classes for juniors are designed to introduce young children to the world of performing arts. These classes typically include singing, dancing, and acting to provide a well-rounded education in the discipline of musical theatre.
The focus of these classes is to help children develop their skills in these areas, lay the foundation for future training, and build confidence in their abilities to perform on stage. The classes will typically be led by experienced educators who have a passion for musical theatre and working with children.
In these classes, juniors can expect to learn essential techniques such as vocal warm-ups and breathing exercises, dance steps, and basic acting skills. Aside from the technical aspects, children will also learn about teamwork, creativity, and self-discipline, all of which are important qualities in the world of theatre.
Musical theatre classes for juniors often offer the opportunity to participate in productions, performances, and competitions, giving children the chance to showcase their skills and gain valuable experience in front of an audience.
Ultimately, musical theatre classes for juniors offer a fun, engaging, and supportive environment where children can learn new skills, make friends, and nurture their love of performing arts.
Musical Theatre classes for juniors are designed to introduce young children to the world of performing arts. These classes typically include singing, dancing, and acting to provide a well-rounded education in the discipline of musical theatre.
The focus of these classes is to help children develop their skills in these areas, lay the foundation for future training, and build confidence in their abilities to perform on stage. The classes will typically be led by experienced educators who have a passion for musical theatre and working with children.
In these classes, juniors can expect to learn essential techniques such as vocal warm-ups and breathing exercises, dance steps, and basic acting skills. Aside from the technical aspects, children will also learn about teamwork, creativity, and self-discipline, all of which are important qualities in the world of theatre.
Musical theatre classes for juniors often offer the opportunity to participate in productions, performances, and competitions, giving children the chance to showcase their skills and gain valuable experience in front of an audience.
Ultimately, musical theatre classes for juniors offer a fun, engaging, and supportive environment where children can learn new skills, make friends, and nurture their love of performing arts.
Monday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Musical Theatre Level 3 and 4
Musical Theatre classes for intermediate students usually focus on building upon the essential skills required for musical theatre performances. Intermediate classes will typically include singing, dancing, and improvisation. In these classes, students work on developing their vocal range, breath control, and pitch accuracy. They also work on their movement skills by learning different types of dance styles and honing in on their rhythm and coordination.
In musical theater classes, intermediate students learn how to bring a character to life through acting and interpreting a script. They also learn how to connect with their fellow actors and create a believable and cohesive performance. From understanding the basics of stagecraft, like blocking and direction, to stage combat and how to create unique characters, these classes will help students further their understanding of the musical theatre performance.
In addition, intermediate musical theatre classes may provide opportunities to perform and showcase what students have learned throughout their training. These performances often culminate in a full production or a showcase, which is a great way to build confidence and experience performing in front of an audience.
Overall, intermediate musical theatre classes are a great way for students to sharpen their skills and take their musical theatre experience to the next level.
Musical Theatre classes for intermediate students usually focus on building upon the essential skills required for musical theatre performances. Intermediate classes will typically include singing, dancing, and improvisation. In these classes, students work on developing their vocal range, breath control, and pitch accuracy. They also work on their movement skills by learning different types of dance styles and honing in on their rhythm and coordination.
In musical theater classes, intermediate students learn how to bring a character to life through acting and interpreting a script. They also learn how to connect with their fellow actors and create a believable and cohesive performance. From understanding the basics of stagecraft, like blocking and direction, to stage combat and how to create unique characters, these classes will help students further their understanding of the musical theatre performance.
In addition, intermediate musical theatre classes may provide opportunities to perform and showcase what students have learned throughout their training. These performances often culminate in a full production or a showcase, which is a great way to build confidence and experience performing in front of an audience.
Overall, intermediate musical theatre classes are a great way for students to sharpen their skills and take their musical theatre experience to the next level.
Monday
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
5:30 PM to 6:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre Jazz Sat 0945
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
9:45 AM to 10:45 AM
9:45 AM to 10:45 AM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre Jazz Sat 1330
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Jazz exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for jazz dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of jazz dance techniques, including isolations, turns, leaps, and kicks, as well as various jazz styles such as Broadway, contemporary, and lyrical jazz. They will also develop their sense of rhythm and musicality through the use of various musical styles and tempos.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, alignment, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the core, legs, and upper body. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Jazz exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Jazz exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to jazz dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
1:30 PM to 2:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre-Primary A
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Tuesday
3:45 PM to 4:30 PM
3:45 PM to 4:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre-Primary B
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Friday
3:45 PM to 4:30 PM
3:45 PM to 4:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre-Primary C
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
9:00 AM to 9:45 AM
9:00 AM to 9:45 AM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Pre-Primary D
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-School Dance Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 5 and 6. It is a fun and engaging way to build on the fundamentals of ballet, continuing to develop coordination, musicality, and creativity.
In RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes, children will be introduced to more advanced ballet positions, movements, and steps, building on the basic skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum. The curriculum includes a wide range of exercises and activities, designed to improve balance, posture, flexibility, and control.
Children will continue to develop their musicality, learning to recognize and respond to different rhythms and tempos, and will be encouraged to express themselves creatively through movement. They will also learn more complex movement qualities, such as adagio and allegro, and will be introduced to basic ballet terminology.
In addition to technical training, RAD Pre-Primary Dance classes also focus on developing performance skills and confidence. Children will learn to perform choreographed routines with precision and artistry, developing a sense of stage presence and the ability to communicate emotions through movement.
At the end of the Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum, children have the option to take an examination to assess their progress and receive certification. The examination consists of a technical portion and a performance section, where children are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with artistry and expression.
Overall, the RAD Pre-Primary in Dance Curriculum provides a structured and nurturing environment for young children to continue their ballet training and to develop a love of dance. It builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-School Dance Curriculum, helping children to develop their technical proficiency, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
11:45 AM to 12:30 PM
11:45 AM to 12:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Primary Ballet A
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
M 3:30 PM-4:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Primary Ballet A
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Thursday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Primary Ballet B
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Saturday
12:30 PM to 1:30 PM
12:30 PM to 1:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Primary Ballet B
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Tu 3:30 PM-4:30 PM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Primary Ballet C
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Sa 10:45 AM-11:45 AM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Primary Ballet C
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
Primary Ballet:
Designed for children aged 6 to 8, the Primary level builds on the fundamental skills learned in the Pre-Primary Curriculum, introducing new positions, movements, and steps.
The Royal Academy of Dance (RAD) Primary in Dance Curriculum is the next level of ballet training after the Pre-Primary Curriculum and is designed for children between the ages of 6 and 8. It is a structured and progressive syllabus that builds on the technical and creative skills developed in earlier stages of training.
In RAD Primary Dance classes, children will continue to develop their technical proficiency, building on the ballet positions, movements, and steps they have already learned. The syllabus includes a range of exercises and activities that are designed to improve strength, flexibility, coordination, and musicality. Children will also be introduced to more complex movement qualities, such as pirouettes and leaps, and will learn more advanced ballet terminology.
W 3:30 PM-4:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Stretch & Conditioning 7-10 yrs
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Stretch and conditioning training is an essential component of dance training that helps dancers to improve their flexibility, strength, and overall physical fitness. This type of training is typically done as a separate class, in addition to regular technique classes, and may focus on a variety of different exercises and techniques.
Here are some key components of stretch and conditioning dance training:
Warm-up: A proper warm-up is essential before beginning any type of stretching or conditioning exercises. The warm-up may include cardiovascular exercises, such as jogging or jumping jacks, as well as stretches to prepare the muscles for more intense movements.
Stretching: Stretching is a key component of any stretch and conditioning class. Dancers may work on static stretches, which involve holding a position for a set period of time, or dynamic stretches, which involve moving in and out of a position. Stretching exercises may focus on specific areas of the body, such as the hamstrings, hips, or back.
Strength training: Strength training is important for dancers to build the muscular strength required for dance movements, such as jumps and lifts. Dancers may use resistance bands, weights, or their own body weight to perform exercises that target specific muscle groups.
Core training: The core is the center of the body and is essential for balance and stability in dance movements. Core training exercises may include planks, crunches, and other exercises that target the abs and back muscles.
Flexibility training: Flexibility training is an important part of stretch and conditioning class, and may involve techniques such as PNF stretching or foam rolling to help release tension in the muscles and improve range of motion.
Cool-down: A proper cool-down is important to help the body recover after a stretch and conditioning class. This may include stretches or yoga poses to help relax the muscles and improve flexibility.
Overall, stretch and conditioning dance training is an important component of dance education, helping dancers to build strength, flexibility, and overall fitness. By incorporating these techniques into their training, dancers can improve their technique, prevent injury, and enhance their performance ability.
Wednesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Foundation
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
8:30 AM to 9:30 AM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Grade 6 Private
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Tuesday
8:30 PM to 9:30 PM
8:30 PM to 9:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Level 1
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Saturday
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
9:30 AM to 10:30 AM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Level 2
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Wednesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Level 3
Tuesday
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
7:30 PM to 8:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Level 4
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Wednesday
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
4:30 PM to 5:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Tap Level 5
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
The CSTD Tap exam syllabus is a comprehensive training program designed to teach dancers the technical skills and performance qualities necessary for tap dance. The syllabus is divided into eight levels, starting from pre-junior and progressing up to the professional level.
In CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes, dancers will learn a range of tap dance techniques, including basic steps, combinations, and rhythms, as well as more complex and intricate steps, syncopations, and improvisation. They will also develop their sense of musicality and rhythm, learning to execute intricate rhythms and variations with precision and clarity.
The syllabus places a strong emphasis on developing good posture, balance, and coordination, and includes exercises to strengthen the ankles, legs, and feet. Students will also learn how to perform complex combinations and routines, and will have the opportunity to develop their improvisation skills.
In addition to technical training, CSTD Tap exam syllabus classes also focus on performance quality, encouraging dancers to express themselves and communicate emotions through movement. Students will learn how to connect with their audience and convey a story or message through their dance.
At the end of each level, students have the option to take an exam to assess their progress and receive certification. The exams consist of a technical portion and a performance section, where dancers are evaluated on their technical proficiency and their ability to perform a choreographed routine with precision and artistry.
Overall, the CSTD Tap exam syllabus provides a comprehensive and structured approach to tap dance training, helping dancers to develop their technical skills, performance quality, and creativity in a supportive and challenging environment.
Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Toddler Dance Sat 0800
Our toddler dance class is a joyful and carefree expression of movement that is often filled with excitement and laughter. At this age, children are still exploring their bodies and learning how to control their movements, so their dance style may be uncoordinated or unstructured, but it is full of enthusiasm and spontaneity.
Toddler dance classes can take many forms, but it often includes jumping, skipping, twirling, and spinning. Toddlers may also enjoy copying movements they see in music videos, television shows, or from older siblings or parents.
Toddlers may enjoy dancing to a variety of music, but songs with a strong beat and catchy lyrics are particularly popular. Many toddlers enjoy nursery rhymes, children's songs, or simple pop songs. Some may even create their own dance moves to go along with their favorite tunes.
Overall, toddler dance is a fun and playful way for young children to express themselves and develop their motor skills. It is a delightful sight to watch a toddler dance with unbridled enthusiasm, and it is an excellent way to encourage creativity and self-expression in young children.
Our toddler dance class is a joyful and carefree expression of movement that is often filled with excitement and laughter. At this age, children are still exploring their bodies and learning how to control their movements, so their dance style may be uncoordinated or unstructured, but it is full of enthusiasm and spontaneity.
Toddler dance classes can take many forms, but it often includes jumping, skipping, twirling, and spinning. Toddlers may also enjoy copying movements they see in music videos, television shows, or from older siblings or parents.
Toddlers may enjoy dancing to a variety of music, but songs with a strong beat and catchy lyrics are particularly popular. Many toddlers enjoy nursery rhymes, children's songs, or simple pop songs. Some may even create their own dance moves to go along with their favorite tunes.
Overall, toddler dance is a fun and playful way for young children to express themselves and develop their motor skills. It is a delightful sight to watch a toddler dance with unbridled enthusiasm, and it is an excellent way to encourage creativity and self-expression in young children.
Saturday
8:00 AM to 8:45 AM
8:00 AM to 8:45 AM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Toddler Dance Sat 1045
Our toddler dance class is a joyful and carefree expression of movement that is often filled with excitement and laughter. At this age, children are still exploring their bodies and learning how to control their movements, so their dance style may be uncoordinated or unstructured, but it is full of enthusiasm and spontaneity.
Toddler dance classes can take many forms, but it often includes jumping, skipping, twirling, and spinning. Toddlers may also enjoy copying movements they see in music videos, television shows, or from older siblings or parents.
Toddlers may enjoy dancing to a variety of music, but songs with a strong beat and catchy lyrics are particularly popular. Many toddlers enjoy nursery rhymes, children's songs, or simple pop songs. Some may even create their own dance moves to go along with their favorite tunes.
Overall, toddler dance is a fun and playful way for young children to express themselves and develop their motor skills. It is a delightful sight to watch a toddler dance with unbridled enthusiasm, and it is an excellent way to encourage creativity and self-expression in young children.
Our toddler dance class is a joyful and carefree expression of movement that is often filled with excitement and laughter. At this age, children are still exploring their bodies and learning how to control their movements, so their dance style may be uncoordinated or unstructured, but it is full of enthusiasm and spontaneity.
Toddler dance classes can take many forms, but it often includes jumping, skipping, twirling, and spinning. Toddlers may also enjoy copying movements they see in music videos, television shows, or from older siblings or parents.
Toddlers may enjoy dancing to a variety of music, but songs with a strong beat and catchy lyrics are particularly popular. Many toddlers enjoy nursery rhymes, children's songs, or simple pop songs. Some may even create their own dance moves to go along with their favorite tunes.
Overall, toddler dance is a fun and playful way for young children to express themselves and develop their motor skills. It is a delightful sight to watch a toddler dance with unbridled enthusiasm, and it is an excellent way to encourage creativity and self-expression in young children.
Saturday
10:45 AM to 11:30 AM
10:45 AM to 11:30 AM
Petipa (Studio 1)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Toddler Dance Tues
Our toddler dance class is a joyful and carefree expression of movement that is often filled with excitement and laughter. At this age, children are still exploring their bodies and learning how to control their movements, so their dance style may be uncoordinated or unstructured, but it is full of enthusiasm and spontaneity.
Toddler dance classes can take many forms, but it often includes jumping, skipping, twirling, and spinning. Toddlers may also enjoy copying movements they see in music videos, television shows, or from older siblings or parents.
Toddlers may enjoy dancing to a variety of music, but songs with a strong beat and catchy lyrics are particularly popular. Many toddlers enjoy nursery rhymes, children's songs, or simple pop songs. Some may even create their own dance moves to go along with their favorite tunes.
Overall, toddler dance is a fun and playful way for young children to express themselves and develop their motor skills. It is a delightful sight to watch a toddler dance with unbridled enthusiasm, and it is an excellent way to encourage creativity and self-expression in young children.
Our toddler dance class is a joyful and carefree expression of movement that is often filled with excitement and laughter. At this age, children are still exploring their bodies and learning how to control their movements, so their dance style may be uncoordinated or unstructured, but it is full of enthusiasm and spontaneity.
Toddler dance classes can take many forms, but it often includes jumping, skipping, twirling, and spinning. Toddlers may also enjoy copying movements they see in music videos, television shows, or from older siblings or parents.
Toddlers may enjoy dancing to a variety of music, but songs with a strong beat and catchy lyrics are particularly popular. Many toddlers enjoy nursery rhymes, children's songs, or simple pop songs. Some may even create their own dance moves to go along with their favorite tunes.
Overall, toddler dance is a fun and playful way for young children to express themselves and develop their motor skills. It is a delightful sight to watch a toddler dance with unbridled enthusiasm, and it is an excellent way to encourage creativity and self-expression in young children.
Tuesday
9:00 AM to 9:45 AM
9:00 AM to 9:45 AM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Vaganova Russian Ballet Level 1
The Vaganova method is a ballet training system that was developed by Agrippina Vaganova, a Russian ballet dancer and teacher, in the early 20th century. The method is still widely used today, especially in Russia, and is known for its emphasis on musicality, clean lines, and a strong classical technique.
Here are some key features of the Vaganova method:
Emphasis on correct body alignment: The Vaganova method emphasizes correct body alignment as the foundation for all movements in ballet. Students are taught to keep their shoulders down and relaxed, their spine straight, and their hips squared.
Use of pliés and tendus: Pliés (bends) and tendus (stretches) are used to warm up the body and strengthen the legs and feet. These exercises are done at the beginning of class to prepare the body for more demanding movements.
Development of épaulement: Epaulement is the use of the upper body in ballet, including the head, shoulders, and arms. In the Vaganova method, épaulement is developed gradually, starting with simple exercises and building to more complex movements.
Use of port de bras: Port de bras (movement of the arms) is an important part of the Vaganova method, and is used to create fluidity and grace in the dancer's movements. Students are taught a specific set of port de bras exercises, which are practiced regularly in class.
Emphasis on musicality: The Vaganova method places a strong emphasis on musicality and the connection between the music and the movements. Students are taught to listen to the music and use it to guide their movements, creating a seamless flow of movement.
Focus on jumps and turns: The Vaganova method includes a wide range of jumps and turns, including grand jeté, pirouettes, and fouettés. These movements are developed gradually, with students building up their strength and technique over time.
Overall, the Vaganova method is a comprehensive and structured ballet training system that emphasizes correct body alignment, strong technique, and musicality. It is widely respected for producing dancers with clean lines and strong classical technique.
The Vaganova method is a ballet training system that was developed by Agrippina Vaganova, a Russian ballet dancer and teacher, in the early 20th century. The method is still widely used today, especially in Russia, and is known for its emphasis on musicality, clean lines, and a strong classical technique.
Here are some key features of the Vaganova method:
Emphasis on correct body alignment: The Vaganova method emphasizes correct body alignment as the foundation for all movements in ballet. Students are taught to keep their shoulders down and relaxed, their spine straight, and their hips squared.
Use of pliés and tendus: Pliés (bends) and tendus (stretches) are used to warm up the body and strengthen the legs and feet. These exercises are done at the beginning of class to prepare the body for more demanding movements.
Development of épaulement: Epaulement is the use of the upper body in ballet, including the head, shoulders, and arms. In the Vaganova method, épaulement is developed gradually, starting with simple exercises and building to more complex movements.
Use of port de bras: Port de bras (movement of the arms) is an important part of the Vaganova method, and is used to create fluidity and grace in the dancer's movements. Students are taught a specific set of port de bras exercises, which are practiced regularly in class.
Emphasis on musicality: The Vaganova method places a strong emphasis on musicality and the connection between the music and the movements. Students are taught to listen to the music and use it to guide their movements, creating a seamless flow of movement.
Focus on jumps and turns: The Vaganova method includes a wide range of jumps and turns, including grand jeté, pirouettes, and fouettés. These movements are developed gradually, with students building up their strength and technique over time.
Overall, the Vaganova method is a comprehensive and structured ballet training system that emphasizes correct body alignment, strong technique, and musicality. It is widely respected for producing dancers with clean lines and strong classical technique.
Thursday
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
6:30 PM to 7:30 PM
Nureyev (Studio 3 Level 3)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre
Vaganova Russian Ballet Level 2
The Vaganova method is a ballet training system that was developed by Agrippina Vaganova, a Russian ballet dancer and teacher, in the early 20th century. The method is still widely used today, especially in Russia, and is known for its emphasis on musicality, clean lines, and a strong classical technique.
Here are some key features of the Vaganova method:
Emphasis on correct body alignment: The Vaganova method emphasizes correct body alignment as the foundation for all movements in ballet. Students are taught to keep their shoulders down and relaxed, their spine straight, and their hips squared.
Use of pliés and tendus: Pliés (bends) and tendus (stretches) are used to warm up the body and strengthen the legs and feet. These exercises are done at the beginning of class to prepare the body for more demanding movements.
Development of épaulement: Epaulement is the use of the upper body in ballet, including the head, shoulders, and arms. In the Vaganova method, épaulement is developed gradually, starting with simple exercises and building to more complex movements.
Use of port de bras: Port de bras (movement of the arms) is an important part of the Vaganova method, and is used to create fluidity and grace in the dancer's movements. Students are taught a specific set of port de bras exercises, which are practiced regularly in class.
Emphasis on musicality: The Vaganova method places a strong emphasis on musicality and the connection between the music and the movements. Students are taught to listen to the music and use it to guide their movements, creating a seamless flow of movement.
Focus on jumps and turns: The Vaganova method includes a wide range of jumps and turns, including grand jeté, pirouettes, and fouettés. These movements are developed gradually, with students building up their strength and technique over time.
Overall, the Vaganova method is a comprehensive and structured ballet training system that emphasizes correct body alignment, strong technique, and musicality. It is widely respected for producing dancers with clean lines and strong classical technique.
The Vaganova method is a ballet training system that was developed by Agrippina Vaganova, a Russian ballet dancer and teacher, in the early 20th century. The method is still widely used today, especially in Russia, and is known for its emphasis on musicality, clean lines, and a strong classical technique.
Here are some key features of the Vaganova method:
Emphasis on correct body alignment: The Vaganova method emphasizes correct body alignment as the foundation for all movements in ballet. Students are taught to keep their shoulders down and relaxed, their spine straight, and their hips squared.
Use of pliés and tendus: Pliés (bends) and tendus (stretches) are used to warm up the body and strengthen the legs and feet. These exercises are done at the beginning of class to prepare the body for more demanding movements.
Development of épaulement: Epaulement is the use of the upper body in ballet, including the head, shoulders, and arms. In the Vaganova method, épaulement is developed gradually, starting with simple exercises and building to more complex movements.
Use of port de bras: Port de bras (movement of the arms) is an important part of the Vaganova method, and is used to create fluidity and grace in the dancer's movements. Students are taught a specific set of port de bras exercises, which are practiced regularly in class.
Emphasis on musicality: The Vaganova method places a strong emphasis on musicality and the connection between the music and the movements. Students are taught to listen to the music and use it to guide their movements, creating a seamless flow of movement.
Focus on jumps and turns: The Vaganova method includes a wide range of jumps and turns, including grand jeté, pirouettes, and fouettés. These movements are developed gradually, with students building up their strength and technique over time.
Overall, the Vaganova method is a comprehensive and structured ballet training system that emphasizes correct body alignment, strong technique, and musicality. It is widely respected for producing dancers with clean lines and strong classical technique.
Tuesday
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
3:30 PM to 4:30 PM
Fonteyn (Studio 2)
Queensland Dance Centre
Queensland Dance Centre